blob: 40d48e3cc6c5868367e2b50836b936dca079b995 [file] [log] [blame]
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001//===--- SemaOverload.cpp - C++ Overloading ---------------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file provides Sema routines for C++ overloading.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +000015#include "Lookup.h"
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +000016#include "SemaInit.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000017#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +000018#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000019#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +000020#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000021#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +000023#include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h"
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +000024#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Douglas Gregor58e008d2008-11-13 20:12:29 +000025#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +000026#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000027#include <algorithm>
28
29namespace clang {
30
31/// GetConversionCategory - Retrieve the implicit conversion
32/// category corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000033ImplicitConversionCategory
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000034GetConversionCategory(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
35 static const ImplicitConversionCategory
36 Category[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
37 ICC_Identity,
38 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
39 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
40 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +000041 ICC_Identity,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000042 ICC_Qualification_Adjustment,
43 ICC_Promotion,
44 ICC_Promotion,
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +000045 ICC_Promotion,
46 ICC_Conversion,
47 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000048 ICC_Conversion,
49 ICC_Conversion,
50 ICC_Conversion,
51 ICC_Conversion,
52 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +000053 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +000054 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000055 ICC_Conversion
56 };
57 return Category[(int)Kind];
58}
59
60/// GetConversionRank - Retrieve the implicit conversion rank
61/// corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
62ImplicitConversionRank GetConversionRank(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
63 static const ImplicitConversionRank
64 Rank[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
65 ICR_Exact_Match,
66 ICR_Exact_Match,
67 ICR_Exact_Match,
68 ICR_Exact_Match,
69 ICR_Exact_Match,
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +000070 ICR_Exact_Match,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000071 ICR_Promotion,
72 ICR_Promotion,
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +000073 ICR_Promotion,
74 ICR_Conversion,
75 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000076 ICR_Conversion,
77 ICR_Conversion,
78 ICR_Conversion,
79 ICR_Conversion,
80 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +000081 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +000082 ICR_Conversion,
Chandler Carruth8fa1e7e2010-02-25 07:20:54 +000083 ICR_Complex_Real_Conversion
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000084 };
85 return Rank[(int)Kind];
86}
87
88/// GetImplicitConversionName - Return the name of this kind of
89/// implicit conversion.
90const char* GetImplicitConversionName(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
Nuno Lopescfca1f02009-12-23 17:49:57 +000091 static const char* const Name[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000092 "No conversion",
93 "Lvalue-to-rvalue",
94 "Array-to-pointer",
95 "Function-to-pointer",
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +000096 "Noreturn adjustment",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000097 "Qualification",
98 "Integral promotion",
99 "Floating point promotion",
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000100 "Complex promotion",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000101 "Integral conversion",
102 "Floating conversion",
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000103 "Complex conversion",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000104 "Floating-integral conversion",
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000105 "Complex-real conversion",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000106 "Pointer conversion",
107 "Pointer-to-member conversion",
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000108 "Boolean conversion",
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000109 "Compatible-types conversion",
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000110 "Derived-to-base conversion"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000111 };
112 return Name[Kind];
113}
114
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000115/// StandardConversionSequence - Set the standard conversion
116/// sequence to the identity conversion.
117void StandardConversionSequence::setAsIdentityConversion() {
118 First = ICK_Identity;
119 Second = ICK_Identity;
120 Third = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregore489a7d2010-02-28 18:30:25 +0000121 DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000122 ReferenceBinding = false;
123 DirectBinding = false;
Sebastian Redlf69a94a2009-03-29 22:46:24 +0000124 RRefBinding = false;
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000125 CopyConstructor = 0;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000126}
127
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000128/// getRank - Retrieve the rank of this standard conversion sequence
129/// (C++ 13.3.3.1.1p3). The rank is the largest rank of each of the
130/// implicit conversions.
131ImplicitConversionRank StandardConversionSequence::getRank() const {
132 ImplicitConversionRank Rank = ICR_Exact_Match;
133 if (GetConversionRank(First) > Rank)
134 Rank = GetConversionRank(First);
135 if (GetConversionRank(Second) > Rank)
136 Rank = GetConversionRank(Second);
137 if (GetConversionRank(Third) > Rank)
138 Rank = GetConversionRank(Third);
139 return Rank;
140}
141
142/// isPointerConversionToBool - Determines whether this conversion is
143/// a conversion of a pointer or pointer-to-member to bool. This is
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000144/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000145/// (C++ 13.3.3.2p4).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000146bool StandardConversionSequence::isPointerConversionToBool() const {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000147 // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
148 // array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer implicit conversions, so
149 // check for their presence as well as checking whether FromType is
150 // a pointer.
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000151 if (getToType(1)->isBooleanType() &&
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000152 (getFromType()->isPointerType() || getFromType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000153 First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer || First == ICK_Function_To_Pointer))
154 return true;
155
156 return false;
157}
158
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000159/// isPointerConversionToVoidPointer - Determines whether this
160/// conversion is a conversion of a pointer to a void pointer. This is
161/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences (C++
162/// 13.3.3.2p4).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000163bool
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000164StandardConversionSequence::
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000165isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(ASTContext& Context) const {
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000166 QualType FromType = getFromType();
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000167 QualType ToType = getToType(1);
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000168
169 // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
170 // array-to-pointer implicit conversion, so check for its presence
171 // and redo the conversion to get a pointer.
172 if (First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
173 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
174
Douglas Gregor1aa450a2009-12-13 21:37:05 +0000175 if (Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000176 if (const PointerType* ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000177 return ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType();
178
179 return false;
180}
181
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000182/// DebugPrint - Print this standard conversion sequence to standard
183/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
184void StandardConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000185 llvm::raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000186 bool PrintedSomething = false;
187 if (First != ICK_Identity) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000188 OS << GetImplicitConversionName(First);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000189 PrintedSomething = true;
190 }
191
192 if (Second != ICK_Identity) {
193 if (PrintedSomething) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000194 OS << " -> ";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000195 }
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000196 OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Second);
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000197
198 if (CopyConstructor) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000199 OS << " (by copy constructor)";
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000200 } else if (DirectBinding) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000201 OS << " (direct reference binding)";
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000202 } else if (ReferenceBinding) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000203 OS << " (reference binding)";
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000204 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000205 PrintedSomething = true;
206 }
207
208 if (Third != ICK_Identity) {
209 if (PrintedSomething) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000210 OS << " -> ";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000211 }
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000212 OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Third);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000213 PrintedSomething = true;
214 }
215
216 if (!PrintedSomething) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000217 OS << "No conversions required";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000218 }
219}
220
221/// DebugPrint - Print this user-defined conversion sequence to standard
222/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
223void UserDefinedConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000224 llvm::raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000225 if (Before.First || Before.Second || Before.Third) {
226 Before.DebugPrint();
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000227 OS << " -> ";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000228 }
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000229 OS << "'" << ConversionFunction->getNameAsString() << "'";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000230 if (After.First || After.Second || After.Third) {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000231 OS << " -> ";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000232 After.DebugPrint();
233 }
234}
235
236/// DebugPrint - Print this implicit conversion sequence to standard
237/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
238void ImplicitConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000239 llvm::raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000240 switch (ConversionKind) {
241 case StandardConversion:
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000242 OS << "Standard conversion: ";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000243 Standard.DebugPrint();
244 break;
245 case UserDefinedConversion:
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000246 OS << "User-defined conversion: ";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000247 UserDefined.DebugPrint();
248 break;
249 case EllipsisConversion:
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000250 OS << "Ellipsis conversion";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000251 break;
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000252 case AmbiguousConversion:
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000253 OS << "Ambiguous conversion";
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000254 break;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000255 case BadConversion:
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000256 OS << "Bad conversion";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000257 break;
258 }
259
Daniel Dunbar42e3df02010-01-22 02:04:41 +0000260 OS << "\n";
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000261}
262
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000263void AmbiguousConversionSequence::construct() {
264 new (&conversions()) ConversionSet();
265}
266
267void AmbiguousConversionSequence::destruct() {
268 conversions().~ConversionSet();
269}
270
271void
272AmbiguousConversionSequence::copyFrom(const AmbiguousConversionSequence &O) {
273 FromTypePtr = O.FromTypePtr;
274 ToTypePtr = O.ToTypePtr;
275 new (&conversions()) ConversionSet(O.conversions());
276}
277
278
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000279// IsOverload - Determine whether the given New declaration is an
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000280// overload of the declarations in Old. This routine returns false if
281// New and Old cannot be overloaded, e.g., if New has the same
282// signature as some function in Old (C++ 1.3.10) or if the Old
283// declarations aren't functions (or function templates) at all. When
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000284// it does return false, MatchedDecl will point to the decl that New
285// cannot be overloaded with. This decl may be a UsingShadowDecl on
286// top of the underlying declaration.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000287//
288// Example: Given the following input:
289//
290// void f(int, float); // #1
291// void f(int, int); // #2
292// int f(int, int); // #3
293//
294// When we process #1, there is no previous declaration of "f",
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000295// so IsOverload will not be used.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000296//
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000297// When we process #2, Old contains only the FunctionDecl for #1. By
298// comparing the parameter types, we see that #1 and #2 are overloaded
299// (since they have different signatures), so this routine returns
300// false; MatchedDecl is unchanged.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000301//
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000302// When we process #3, Old is an overload set containing #1 and #2. We
303// compare the signatures of #3 to #1 (they're overloaded, so we do
304// nothing) and then #3 to #2. Since the signatures of #3 and #2 are
305// identical (return types of functions are not part of the
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000306// signature), IsOverload returns false and MatchedDecl will be set to
307// point to the FunctionDecl for #2.
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000308Sema::OverloadKind
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000309Sema::CheckOverload(FunctionDecl *New, const LookupResult &Old,
310 NamedDecl *&Match) {
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000311 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Old.begin(), E = Old.end();
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000312 I != E; ++I) {
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000313 NamedDecl *OldD = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
314 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldT = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) {
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000315 if (!IsOverload(New, OldT->getTemplatedDecl())) {
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000316 Match = *I;
317 return Ovl_Match;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000318 }
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000319 } else if (FunctionDecl *OldF = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD)) {
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000320 if (!IsOverload(New, OldF)) {
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000321 Match = *I;
322 return Ovl_Match;
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000323 }
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000324 } else if (isa<UsingDecl>(OldD) || isa<TagDecl>(OldD)) {
325 // We can overload with these, which can show up when doing
326 // redeclaration checks for UsingDecls.
327 assert(Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName);
328 } else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(OldD)) {
329 // Optimistically assume that an unresolved using decl will
330 // overload; if it doesn't, we'll have to diagnose during
331 // template instantiation.
332 } else {
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000333 // (C++ 13p1):
334 // Only function declarations can be overloaded; object and type
335 // declarations cannot be overloaded.
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000336 Match = *I;
337 return Ovl_NonFunction;
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000338 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000339 }
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000340
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000341 return Ovl_Overload;
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000342}
343
344bool Sema::IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) {
345 FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = Old->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
346 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
347
348 // C++ [temp.fct]p2:
349 // A function template can be overloaded with other function templates
350 // and with normal (non-template) functions.
351 if ((OldTemplate == 0) != (NewTemplate == 0))
352 return true;
353
354 // Is the function New an overload of the function Old?
355 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
356 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
357
358 // Compare the signatures (C++ 1.3.10) of the two functions to
359 // determine whether they are overloads. If we find any mismatch
360 // in the signature, they are overloads.
361
362 // If either of these functions is a K&R-style function (no
363 // prototype), then we consider them to have matching signatures.
364 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(OldQType.getTypePtr()) ||
365 isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewQType.getTypePtr()))
366 return false;
367
368 FunctionProtoType* OldType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldQType);
369 FunctionProtoType* NewType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(NewQType);
370
371 // The signature of a function includes the types of its
372 // parameters (C++ 1.3.10), which includes the presence or absence
373 // of the ellipsis; see C++ DR 357).
374 if (OldQType != NewQType &&
375 (OldType->getNumArgs() != NewType->getNumArgs() ||
376 OldType->isVariadic() != NewType->isVariadic() ||
377 !std::equal(OldType->arg_type_begin(), OldType->arg_type_end(),
378 NewType->arg_type_begin())))
379 return true;
380
381 // C++ [temp.over.link]p4:
382 // The signature of a function template consists of its function
383 // signature, its return type and its template parameter list. The names
384 // of the template parameters are significant only for establishing the
385 // relationship between the template parameters and the rest of the
386 // signature.
387 //
388 // We check the return type and template parameter lists for function
389 // templates first; the remaining checks follow.
390 if (NewTemplate &&
391 (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
392 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
393 false, TPL_TemplateMatch) ||
394 OldType->getResultType() != NewType->getResultType()))
395 return true;
396
397 // If the function is a class member, its signature includes the
398 // cv-qualifiers (if any) on the function itself.
399 //
400 // As part of this, also check whether one of the member functions
401 // is static, in which case they are not overloads (C++
402 // 13.1p2). While not part of the definition of the signature,
403 // this check is important to determine whether these functions
404 // can be overloaded.
405 CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
406 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
407 if (OldMethod && NewMethod &&
408 !OldMethod->isStatic() && !NewMethod->isStatic() &&
409 OldMethod->getTypeQualifiers() != NewMethod->getTypeQualifiers())
410 return true;
411
412 // The signatures match; this is not an overload.
413 return false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000414}
415
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000416/// TryImplicitConversion - Attempt to perform an implicit conversion
417/// from the given expression (Expr) to the given type (ToType). This
418/// function returns an implicit conversion sequence that can be used
419/// to perform the initialization. Given
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000420///
421/// void f(float f);
422/// void g(int i) { f(i); }
423///
424/// this routine would produce an implicit conversion sequence to
425/// describe the initialization of f from i, which will be a standard
426/// conversion sequence containing an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++
427/// 4.1) followed by a floating-integral conversion (C++ 4.9).
428//
429/// Note that this routine only determines how the conversion can be
430/// performed; it does not actually perform the conversion. As such,
431/// it will not produce any diagnostics if no conversion is available,
432/// but will instead return an implicit conversion sequence of kind
433/// "BadConversion".
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000434///
435/// If @p SuppressUserConversions, then user-defined conversions are
436/// not permitted.
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000437/// If @p AllowExplicit, then explicit user-defined conversions are
438/// permitted.
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +0000439/// If @p ForceRValue, then overloading is performed as if From was an rvalue,
440/// no matter its actual lvalueness.
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +0000441/// If @p UserCast, the implicit conversion is being done for a user-specified
442/// cast.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000443ImplicitConversionSequence
Anders Carlsson5ec4abf2009-08-27 17:14:02 +0000444Sema::TryImplicitConversion(Expr* From, QualType ToType,
445 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000446 bool AllowExplicit, bool ForceRValue,
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +0000447 bool InOverloadResolution,
448 bool UserCast) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000449 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +0000450 if (IsStandardConversion(From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, ICS.Standard)) {
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000451 ICS.setStandard();
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +0000452 return ICS;
453 }
454
455 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +0000456 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType);
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +0000457 return ICS;
458 }
459
460 OverloadCandidateSet Conversions(From->getExprLoc());
461 OverloadingResult UserDefResult
462 = IsUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined, Conversions,
463 !SuppressUserConversions, AllowExplicit,
464 ForceRValue, UserCast);
465
466 if (UserDefResult == OR_Success) {
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000467 ICS.setUserDefined();
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000468 // C++ [over.ics.user]p4:
469 // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class
470 // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an
471 // expression of class type to a base class of that type is
472 // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy
473 // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is
474 // called for those cases.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000475 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000476 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000477 QualType FromCanon
Douglas Gregorbb2e68832009-02-02 22:11:10 +0000478 = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
479 QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor507eb872009-12-22 00:34:07 +0000480 if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor() &&
Douglas Gregor4141d5b2009-12-22 00:21:20 +0000481 (FromCanon == ToCanon || IsDerivedFrom(FromCanon, ToCanon))) {
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000482 // Turn this into a "standard" conversion sequence, so that it
483 // gets ranked with standard conversion sequences.
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000484 ICS.setStandard();
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000485 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000486 ICS.Standard.setFromType(From->getType());
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000487 ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType);
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000488 ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = Constructor;
Douglas Gregorbb2e68832009-02-02 22:11:10 +0000489 if (ToCanon != FromCanon)
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000490 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
491 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000492 }
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +0000493
494 // C++ [over.best.ics]p4:
495 // However, when considering the argument of a user-defined
496 // conversion function that is a candidate by 13.3.1.3 when
497 // invoked for the copying of the temporary in the second step
498 // of a class copy-initialization, or by 13.3.1.4, 13.3.1.5, or
499 // 13.3.1.6 in all cases, only standard conversion sequences and
500 // ellipsis conversion sequences are allowed.
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +0000501 if (SuppressUserConversions && ICS.isUserDefined()) {
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +0000502 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::suppressed_user, From, ToType);
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +0000503 }
John McCalle8c8cd22010-01-13 22:30:33 +0000504 } else if (UserDefResult == OR_Ambiguous && !SuppressUserConversions) {
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000505 ICS.setAmbiguous();
506 ICS.Ambiguous.setFromType(From->getType());
507 ICS.Ambiguous.setToType(ToType);
508 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = Conversions.begin();
509 Cand != Conversions.end(); ++Cand)
510 if (Cand->Viable)
511 ICS.Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->Function);
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000512 } else {
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +0000513 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType);
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000514 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000515
516 return ICS;
517}
518
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +0000519/// \brief Determine whether the conversion from FromType to ToType is a valid
520/// conversion that strips "noreturn" off the nested function type.
521static bool IsNoReturnConversion(ASTContext &Context, QualType FromType,
522 QualType ToType, QualType &ResultTy) {
523 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType))
524 return false;
525
526 // Strip the noreturn off the type we're converting from; noreturn can
527 // safely be removed.
528 FromType = Context.getNoReturnType(FromType, false);
529 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType))
530 return false;
531
532 ResultTy = FromType;
533 return true;
534}
535
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000536/// IsStandardConversion - Determines whether there is a standard
537/// conversion sequence (C++ [conv], C++ [over.ics.scs]) from the
538/// expression From to the type ToType. Standard conversion sequences
539/// only consider non-class types; for conversions that involve class
540/// types, use TryImplicitConversion. If a conversion exists, SCS will
541/// contain the standard conversion sequence required to perform this
542/// conversion and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this
543/// routine will return false and the value of SCS is unspecified.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000544bool
545Sema::IsStandardConversion(Expr* From, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000546 bool InOverloadResolution,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000547 StandardConversionSequence &SCS) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000548 QualType FromType = From->getType();
549
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000550 // Standard conversions (C++ [conv])
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000551 SCS.setAsIdentityConversion();
Douglas Gregore489a7d2010-02-28 18:30:25 +0000552 SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false;
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000553 SCS.IncompatibleObjC = false;
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +0000554 SCS.setFromType(FromType);
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000555 SCS.CopyConstructor = 0;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000556
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000557 // There are no standard conversions for class types in C++, so
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000558 // abort early. When overloading in C, however, we do permit
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000559 if (FromType->isRecordType() || ToType->isRecordType()) {
560 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
561 return false;
562
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000563 // When we're overloading in C, we allow, as standard conversions,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000564 }
565
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000566 // The first conversion can be an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion,
567 // array-to-pointer conversion, or function-to-pointer conversion
568 // (C++ 4p1).
569
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +0000570 DeclAccessPair AccessPair;
571
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000572 // Lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++ 4.1):
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000573 // An lvalue (3.10) of a non-function, non-array type T can be
574 // converted to an rvalue.
575 Expr::isLvalueResult argIsLvalue = From->isLvalue(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000576 if (argIsLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid &&
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000577 !FromType->isFunctionType() && !FromType->isArrayType() &&
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +0000578 Context.getCanonicalType(FromType) != Context.OverloadTy) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000579 SCS.First = ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000580
581 // If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
582 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the rvalue
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000583 // is T (C++ 4.1p1). C++ can't get here with class types; in C, we
584 // just strip the qualifiers because they don't matter.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000585 FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000586 } else if (FromType->isArrayType()) {
587 // Array-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.2)
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000588 SCS.First = ICK_Array_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000589
590 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown
591 // bound of T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to
592 // T" (C++ 4.2p1).
593 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
594
595 if (IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(From, ToType)) {
596 // This conversion is deprecated. (C++ D.4).
Douglas Gregore489a7d2010-02-28 18:30:25 +0000597 SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000598
599 // For the purpose of ranking in overload resolution
600 // (13.3.3.1.1), this conversion is considered an
601 // array-to-pointer conversion followed by a qualification
602 // conversion (4.4). (C++ 4.2p2)
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000603 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
604 SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000605 SCS.setAllToTypes(FromType);
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000606 return true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000607 }
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000608 } else if (FromType->isFunctionType() && argIsLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid) {
609 // Function-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.3).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000610 SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000611
612 // An lvalue of function type T can be converted to an rvalue of
613 // type "pointer to T." The result is a pointer to the
614 // function. (C++ 4.3p1).
615 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000616 } else if (FunctionDecl *Fn
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +0000617 = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, false,
618 AccessPair)) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000619 // Address of overloaded function (C++ [over.over]).
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000620 SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer;
621
622 // We were able to resolve the address of the overloaded function,
623 // so we can convert to the type of that function.
624 FromType = Fn->getType();
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000625 if (ToType->isLValueReferenceType())
626 FromType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(FromType);
627 else if (ToType->isRValueReferenceType())
628 FromType = Context.getRValueReferenceType(FromType);
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +0000629 else if (ToType->isMemberPointerType()) {
630 // Resolve address only succeeds if both sides are member pointers,
631 // but it doesn't have to be the same class. See DR 247.
632 // Note that this means that the type of &Derived::fn can be
633 // Ret (Base::*)(Args) if the fn overload actually found is from the
634 // base class, even if it was brought into the derived class via a
635 // using declaration. The standard isn't clear on this issue at all.
636 CXXMethodDecl *M = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn);
637 FromType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromType,
638 Context.getTypeDeclType(M->getParent()).getTypePtr());
639 } else
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000640 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000641 } else {
642 // We don't require any conversions for the first step.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000643 SCS.First = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000644 }
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000645 SCS.setToType(0, FromType);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000646
647 // The second conversion can be an integral promotion, floating
648 // point promotion, integral conversion, floating point conversion,
649 // floating-integral conversion, pointer conversion,
650 // pointer-to-member conversion, or boolean conversion (C++ 4p1).
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000651 // For overloading in C, this can also be a "compatible-type"
652 // conversion.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000653 bool IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000654 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000655 // The unqualified versions of the types are the same: there's no
656 // conversion to do.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000657 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000658 } else if (IsIntegralPromotion(From, FromType, ToType)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000659 // Integral promotion (C++ 4.5).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000660 SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Promotion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000661 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000662 } else if (IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
663 // Floating point promotion (C++ 4.6).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000664 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Promotion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000665 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000666 } else if (IsComplexPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
667 // Complex promotion (Clang extension)
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000668 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Promotion;
669 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000670 } else if ((FromType->isIntegralType() || FromType->isEnumeralType()) &&
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000671 (ToType->isIntegralType() && !ToType->isEnumeralType())) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000672 // Integral conversions (C++ 4.7).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000673 SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000674 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000675 } else if (FromType->isComplexType() && ToType->isComplexType()) {
676 // Complex conversions (C99 6.3.1.6)
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000677 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Conversion;
678 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chandler Carruth8fa1e7e2010-02-25 07:20:54 +0000679 } else if ((FromType->isComplexType() && ToType->isArithmeticType()) ||
680 (ToType->isComplexType() && FromType->isArithmeticType())) {
681 // Complex-real conversions (C99 6.3.1.7)
682 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Real;
683 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
684 } else if (FromType->isFloatingType() && ToType->isFloatingType()) {
685 // Floating point conversions (C++ 4.8).
686 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Conversion;
687 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000688 } else if ((FromType->isFloatingType() &&
689 ToType->isIntegralType() && (!ToType->isBooleanType() &&
690 !ToType->isEnumeralType())) ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000691 ((FromType->isIntegralType() || FromType->isEnumeralType()) &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000692 ToType->isFloatingType())) {
693 // Floating-integral conversions (C++ 4.9).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000694 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Integral;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000695 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000696 } else if (IsPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, InOverloadResolution,
697 FromType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000698 // Pointer conversions (C++ 4.10).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000699 SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000700 SCS.IncompatibleObjC = IncompatibleObjC;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000701 } else if (IsMemberPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType,
702 InOverloadResolution, FromType)) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000703 // Pointer to member conversions (4.11).
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +0000704 SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Member;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000705 } else if (ToType->isBooleanType() &&
706 (FromType->isArithmeticType() ||
707 FromType->isEnumeralType() ||
Fariborz Jahanian88118852009-12-11 21:23:13 +0000708 FromType->isAnyPointerType() ||
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000709 FromType->isBlockPointerType() ||
710 FromType->isMemberPointerType() ||
711 FromType->isNullPtrType())) {
712 // Boolean conversions (C++ 4.12).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000713 SCS.Second = ICK_Boolean_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000714 FromType = Context.BoolTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000715 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000716 Context.typesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType)) {
717 // Compatible conversions (Clang extension for C function overloading)
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000718 SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +0000719 } else if (IsNoReturnConversion(Context, FromType, ToType, FromType)) {
720 // Treat a conversion that strips "noreturn" as an identity conversion.
721 SCS.Second = ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000722 } else {
723 // No second conversion required.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000724 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000725 }
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000726 SCS.setToType(1, FromType);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000727
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000728 QualType CanonFrom;
729 QualType CanonTo;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000730 // The third conversion can be a qualification conversion (C++ 4p1).
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +0000731 if (IsQualificationConversion(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000732 SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000733 FromType = ToType;
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000734 CanonFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
735 CanonTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000736 } else {
737 // No conversion required
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000738 SCS.Third = ICK_Identity;
739
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000740 // C++ [over.best.ics]p6:
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000741 // [...] Any difference in top-level cv-qualification is
742 // subsumed by the initialization itself and does not constitute
743 // a conversion. [...]
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000744 CanonFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000745 CanonTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000746 if (CanonFrom.getLocalUnqualifiedType()
747 == CanonTo.getLocalUnqualifiedType() &&
748 CanonFrom.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != CanonTo.getLocalCVRQualifiers()) {
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000749 FromType = ToType;
750 CanonFrom = CanonTo;
751 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000752 }
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +0000753 SCS.setToType(2, FromType);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000754
755 // If we have not converted the argument type to the parameter type,
756 // this is a bad conversion sequence.
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000757 if (CanonFrom != CanonTo)
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000758 return false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000759
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000760 return true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000761}
762
763/// IsIntegralPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from the
764/// expression From (whose potentially-adjusted type is FromType) to
765/// ToType is an integral promotion (C++ 4.5). If so, returns true and
766/// sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000767bool Sema::IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000768 const BuiltinType *To = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Sebastian Redlee547972008-11-04 15:59:10 +0000769 // All integers are built-in.
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000770 if (!To) {
771 return false;
772 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000773
774 // An rvalue of type char, signed char, unsigned char, short int, or
775 // unsigned short int can be converted to an rvalue of type int if
776 // int can represent all the values of the source type; otherwise,
777 // the source rvalue can be converted to an rvalue of type unsigned
778 // int (C++ 4.5p1).
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000779 if (FromType->isPromotableIntegerType() && !FromType->isBooleanType() &&
780 !FromType->isEnumeralType()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000781 if (// We can promote any signed, promotable integer type to an int
782 (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() ||
783 // We can promote any unsigned integer type whose size is
784 // less than int to an int.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000785 (!FromType->isSignedIntegerType() &&
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000786 Context.getTypeSize(FromType) < Context.getTypeSize(ToType)))) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000787 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000788 }
789
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000790 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
791 }
792
793 // An rvalue of type wchar_t (3.9.1) or an enumeration type (7.2)
794 // can be converted to an rvalue of the first of the following types
795 // that can represent all the values of its underlying type: int,
796 // unsigned int, long, or unsigned long (C++ 4.5p2).
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +0000797
798 // We pre-calculate the promotion type for enum types.
799 if (const EnumType *FromEnumType = FromType->getAs<EnumType>())
800 if (ToType->isIntegerType())
801 return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType,
802 FromEnumType->getDecl()->getPromotionType());
803
804 if (FromType->isWideCharType() && ToType->isIntegerType()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000805 // Determine whether the type we're converting from is signed or
806 // unsigned.
807 bool FromIsSigned;
808 uint64_t FromSize = Context.getTypeSize(FromType);
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +0000809
810 // FIXME: Is wchar_t signed or unsigned? We assume it's signed for now.
811 FromIsSigned = true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000812
813 // The types we'll try to promote to, in the appropriate
814 // order. Try each of these types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000815 QualType PromoteTypes[6] = {
816 Context.IntTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy,
Douglas Gregor1d248c52008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000817 Context.LongTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy ,
818 Context.LongLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000819 };
Douglas Gregor1d248c52008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000820 for (int Idx = 0; Idx < 6; ++Idx) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000821 uint64_t ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]);
822 if (FromSize < ToSize ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000823 (FromSize == ToSize &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000824 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) {
825 // We found the type that we can promote to. If this is the
826 // type we wanted, we have a promotion. Otherwise, no
827 // promotion.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000828 return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, PromoteTypes[Idx]);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000829 }
830 }
831 }
832
833 // An rvalue for an integral bit-field (9.6) can be converted to an
834 // rvalue of type int if int can represent all the values of the
835 // bit-field; otherwise, it can be converted to unsigned int if
836 // unsigned int can represent all the values of the bit-field. If
837 // the bit-field is larger yet, no integral promotion applies to
838 // it. If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any
839 // other value of that type for promotion purposes (C++ 4.5p3).
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000840 // FIXME: We should delay checking of bit-fields until we actually perform the
841 // conversion.
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000842 using llvm::APSInt;
843 if (From)
844 if (FieldDecl *MemberDecl = From->getBitField()) {
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000845 APSInt BitWidth;
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000846 if (FromType->isIntegralType() && !FromType->isEnumeralType() &&
847 MemberDecl->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidth, Context)) {
848 APSInt ToSize(BitWidth.getBitWidth(), BitWidth.isUnsigned());
849 ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(ToType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000850
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000851 // Are we promoting to an int from a bitfield that fits in an int?
852 if (BitWidth < ToSize ||
853 (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize)) {
854 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
855 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000856
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000857 // Are we promoting to an unsigned int from an unsigned bitfield
858 // that fits into an unsigned int?
859 if (FromType->isUnsignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize) {
860 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
861 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000862
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000863 return false;
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000864 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000865 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000866
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000867 // An rvalue of type bool can be converted to an rvalue of type int,
868 // with false becoming zero and true becoming one (C++ 4.5p4).
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000869 if (FromType->isBooleanType() && To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000870 return true;
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000871 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000872
873 return false;
874}
875
876/// IsFloatingPointPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from
877/// FromType to ToType is a floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). If so,
878/// returns true and sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000879bool Sema::IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000880 /// An rvalue of type float can be converted to an rvalue of type
881 /// double. (C++ 4.6p1).
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000882 if (const BuiltinType *FromBuiltin = FromType->getAs<BuiltinType>())
883 if (const BuiltinType *ToBuiltin = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000884 if (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float &&
885 ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double)
886 return true;
887
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000888 // C99 6.3.1.5p1:
889 // When a float is promoted to double or long double, or a
890 // double is promoted to long double [...].
891 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
892 (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
893 FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) &&
894 (ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble))
895 return true;
896 }
897
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000898 return false;
899}
900
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000901/// \brief Determine if a conversion is a complex promotion.
902///
903/// A complex promotion is defined as a complex -> complex conversion
904/// where the conversion between the underlying real types is a
Douglas Gregor67525022009-02-12 00:26:06 +0000905/// floating-point or integral promotion.
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000906bool Sema::IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000907 const ComplexType *FromComplex = FromType->getAs<ComplexType>();
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000908 if (!FromComplex)
909 return false;
910
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000911 const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>();
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000912 if (!ToComplex)
913 return false;
914
915 return IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromComplex->getElementType(),
Douglas Gregor67525022009-02-12 00:26:06 +0000916 ToComplex->getElementType()) ||
917 IsIntegralPromotion(0, FromComplex->getElementType(),
918 ToComplex->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000919}
920
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000921/// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType - In a pointer conversion from
922/// the pointer type FromPtr to a pointer to type ToPointee, with the
923/// same type qualifiers as FromPtr has on its pointee type. ToType,
924/// if non-empty, will be a pointer to ToType that may or may not have
925/// the right set of qualifiers on its pointee.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000926static QualType
927BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(const PointerType *FromPtr,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000928 QualType ToPointee, QualType ToType,
929 ASTContext &Context) {
930 QualType CanonFromPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(FromPtr->getPointeeType());
931 QualType CanonToPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointee);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000932 Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromPointee.getQualifiers();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000933
934 // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000935 if (CanonToPointee.getLocalQualifiers() == Quals) {
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000936 // ToType is exactly what we need. Return it.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000937 if (!ToType.isNull())
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000938 return ToType;
939
940 // Build a pointer to ToPointee. It has the right qualifiers
941 // already.
942 return Context.getPointerType(ToPointee);
943 }
944
945 // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000946 return Context.getPointerType(
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000947 Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToPointee.getLocalUnqualifiedType(),
948 Quals));
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000949}
950
Fariborz Jahanian01cbe442009-12-16 23:13:33 +0000951/// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedObjCObjectPointerType - In a pointer conversion from
952/// the FromType, which is an objective-c pointer, to ToType, which may or may
953/// not have the right set of qualifiers.
954static QualType
955BuildSimilarlyQualifiedObjCObjectPointerType(QualType FromType,
956 QualType ToType,
957 ASTContext &Context) {
958 QualType CanonFromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
959 QualType CanonToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
960 Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromType.getQualifiers();
961
962 // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to.
963 if (CanonToType.getLocalQualifiers() == Quals)
964 return ToType;
965
966 // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers.
967 return Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToType.getLocalUnqualifiedType(), Quals);
968}
969
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000970static bool isNullPointerConstantForConversion(Expr *Expr,
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000971 bool InOverloadResolution,
972 ASTContext &Context) {
973 // Handle value-dependent integral null pointer constants correctly.
974 // http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#903
975 if (Expr->isValueDependent() && !Expr->isTypeDependent() &&
976 Expr->getType()->isIntegralType())
977 return !InOverloadResolution;
978
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000979 return Expr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
980 InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
981 : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000982}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000983
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000984/// IsPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
985/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType,
986/// can be converted to the type ToType via a pointer conversion (C++
987/// 4.10). If so, returns true and places the converted type (that
988/// might differ from ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into
989/// ConvertedType.
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000990///
Douglas Gregora29dc052008-11-27 01:19:21 +0000991/// This routine also supports conversions to and from block pointers
992/// and conversions with Objective-C's 'id', 'id<protocols...>', and
993/// pointers to interfaces. FIXME: Once we've determined the
994/// appropriate overloading rules for Objective-C, we may want to
995/// split the Objective-C checks into a different routine; however,
996/// GCC seems to consider all of these conversions to be pointer
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000997/// conversions, so for now they live here. IncompatibleObjC will be
998/// set if the conversion is an allowed Objective-C conversion that
999/// should result in a warning.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001000bool Sema::IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +00001001 bool InOverloadResolution,
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00001002 QualType& ConvertedType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001003 bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00001004 IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001005 if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC))
1006 return true;
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00001007
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001008 // Conversion from a null pointer constant to any Objective-C pointer type.
1009 if (ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001010 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor79a6b012008-12-22 20:51:52 +00001011 ConvertedType = ToType;
1012 return true;
1013 }
1014
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +00001015 // Blocks: Block pointers can be converted to void*.
1016 if (FromType->isBlockPointerType() && ToType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001017 ToType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +00001018 ConvertedType = ToType;
1019 return true;
1020 }
1021 // Blocks: A null pointer constant can be converted to a block
1022 // pointer type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001023 if (ToType->isBlockPointerType() &&
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001024 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +00001025 ConvertedType = ToType;
1026 return true;
1027 }
1028
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00001029 // If the left-hand-side is nullptr_t, the right side can be a null
1030 // pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001031 if (ToType->isNullPtrType() &&
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001032 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00001033 ConvertedType = ToType;
1034 return true;
1035 }
1036
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001037 const PointerType* ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001038 if (!ToTypePtr)
1039 return false;
1040
1041 // A null pointer constant can be converted to a pointer type (C++ 4.10p1).
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001042 if (isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001043 ConvertedType = ToType;
1044 return true;
1045 }
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +00001046
Fariborz Jahanian01cbe442009-12-16 23:13:33 +00001047 // Beyond this point, both types need to be pointers
1048 // , including objective-c pointers.
1049 QualType ToPointeeType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
1050 if (FromType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) {
1051 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedObjCObjectPointerType(FromType,
1052 ToType, Context);
1053 return true;
1054
1055 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001056 const PointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001057 if (!FromTypePtr)
1058 return false;
1059
1060 QualType FromPointeeType = FromTypePtr->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001061
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001062 // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv T," where T is an object type,
1063 // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv void" (C++
1064 // 4.10p2).
Douglas Gregor64259f52009-03-24 20:32:41 +00001065 if (FromPointeeType->isObjectType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001066 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorbb9bf882008-11-27 00:52:49 +00001067 ToPointeeType,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001068 ToType, Context);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001069 return true;
1070 }
1071
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001072 // When we're overloading in C, we allow a special kind of pointer
1073 // conversion for compatible-but-not-identical pointee types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001074 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001075 Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001076 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001077 ToPointeeType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001078 ToType, Context);
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001079 return true;
1080 }
1081
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001082 // C++ [conv.ptr]p3:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001083 //
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001084 // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv D," where D is a class type,
1085 // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv B," where
1086 // B is a base class (clause 10) of D. If B is an inaccessible
1087 // (clause 11) or ambiguous (10.2) base class of D, a program that
1088 // necessitates this conversion is ill-formed. The result of the
1089 // conversion is a pointer to the base class sub-object of the
1090 // derived class object. The null pointer value is converted to
1091 // the null pointer value of the destination type.
1092 //
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001093 // Note that we do not check for ambiguity or inaccessibility
1094 // here. That is handled by CheckPointerConversion.
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001095 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1096 FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
Douglas Gregord28f0412010-02-22 17:06:41 +00001097 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType) &&
Douglas Gregore6fb91f2009-10-29 23:08:22 +00001098 !RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), FromPointeeType, PDiag()) &&
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001099 IsDerivedFrom(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001100 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorbb9bf882008-11-27 00:52:49 +00001101 ToPointeeType,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001102 ToType, Context);
1103 return true;
1104 }
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001105
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001106 return false;
1107}
1108
1109/// isObjCPointerConversion - Determines whether this is an
1110/// Objective-C pointer conversion. Subroutine of IsPointerConversion,
1111/// with the same arguments and return values.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001112bool Sema::isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001113 QualType& ConvertedType,
1114 bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
1115 if (!getLangOptions().ObjC1)
1116 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian42ffdb32010-01-18 22:59:22 +00001117
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001118 // First, we handle all conversions on ObjC object pointer types.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001119 const ObjCObjectPointerType* ToObjCPtr = ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001120 const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromObjCPtr =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001121 FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001122
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001123 if (ToObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001124 // Objective C++: We're able to convert between "id" or "Class" and a
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001125 // pointer to any interface (in both directions).
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001126 if (ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType() && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001127 ConvertedType = ToType;
1128 return true;
1129 }
1130 // Conversions with Objective-C's id<...>.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001131 if ((FromObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001132 ToObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001133 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType,
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00001134 /*compare=*/false)) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001135 ConvertedType = ToType;
1136 return true;
1137 }
1138 // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to an
1139 // interface to a pointer to a different interface.
1140 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToObjCPtr, FromObjCPtr)) {
Fariborz Jahanianb397e432010-03-15 18:36:00 +00001141 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = ToObjCPtr->getInterfaceType();
1142 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = FromObjCPtr->getInterfaceType();
1143 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && LHS && RHS &&
1144 !ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(
1145 FromObjCPtr->getPointeeType()))
1146 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001147 ConvertedType = ToType;
1148 return true;
1149 }
1150
1151 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr, ToObjCPtr)) {
1152 // Okay: this is some kind of implicit downcast of Objective-C
1153 // interfaces, which is permitted. However, we're going to
1154 // complain about it.
1155 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1156 ConvertedType = FromType;
1157 return true;
1158 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001159 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001160 // Beyond this point, both types need to be C pointers or block pointers.
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001161 QualType ToPointeeType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001162 if (const PointerType *ToCPtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001163 ToPointeeType = ToCPtr->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian4efdec02010-01-20 22:54:38 +00001164 else if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr =
1165 ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian879cc732010-01-21 00:08:17 +00001166 // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to any object
Fariborz Jahanian4efdec02010-01-20 22:54:38 +00001167 // to a block pointer type.
1168 if (FromObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
1169 ConvertedType = ToType;
1170 return true;
1171 }
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001172 ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian4efdec02010-01-20 22:54:38 +00001173 }
Fariborz Jahaniane4951fd2010-01-21 00:05:09 +00001174 else if (FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>() &&
1175 ToObjCPtr && ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
1176 // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a block pointer type to a
Fariborz Jahanian879cc732010-01-21 00:08:17 +00001177 // pointer to any object.
Fariborz Jahaniane4951fd2010-01-21 00:05:09 +00001178 ConvertedType = ToType;
1179 return true;
1180 }
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001181 else
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001182 return false;
1183
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001184 QualType FromPointeeType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001185 if (const PointerType *FromCPtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001186 FromPointeeType = FromCPtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001187 else if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr = FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001188 FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
1189 else
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001190 return false;
1191
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001192 // If we have pointers to pointers, recursively check whether this
1193 // is an Objective-C conversion.
1194 if (FromPointeeType->isPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isPointerType() &&
1195 isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType,
1196 IncompatibleObjC)) {
1197 // We always complain about this conversion.
1198 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1199 ConvertedType = ToType;
1200 return true;
1201 }
Fariborz Jahanian42ffdb32010-01-18 22:59:22 +00001202 // Allow conversion of pointee being objective-c pointer to another one;
1203 // as in I* to id.
1204 if (FromPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() &&
1205 ToPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() &&
1206 isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType,
1207 IncompatibleObjC)) {
1208 ConvertedType = ToType;
1209 return true;
1210 }
1211
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001212 // If we have pointers to functions or blocks, check whether the only
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001213 // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C
1214 // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion (but
1215 // complain about it).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001216 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001217 = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001218 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001219 = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001220 if (FromFunctionType && ToFunctionType) {
1221 // If the function types are exactly the same, this isn't an
1222 // Objective-C pointer conversion.
1223 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromPointeeType)
1224 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointeeType))
1225 return false;
1226
1227 // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these
1228 // function types are obviously different.
1229 if (FromFunctionType->getNumArgs() != ToFunctionType->getNumArgs() ||
1230 FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic() ||
1231 FromFunctionType->getTypeQuals() != ToFunctionType->getTypeQuals())
1232 return false;
1233
1234 bool HasObjCConversion = false;
1235 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromFunctionType->getResultType())
1236 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToFunctionType->getResultType())) {
1237 // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
1238 } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromFunctionType->getResultType(),
1239 ToFunctionType->getResultType(),
1240 ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
1241 // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
1242 HasObjCConversion = true;
1243 } else {
1244 // Function types are too different. Abort.
1245 return false;
1246 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001247
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001248 // Check argument types.
1249 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs();
1250 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
1251 QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
1252 QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
1253 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromArgType)
1254 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToArgType)) {
1255 // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
1256 } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromArgType, ToArgType,
1257 ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
1258 // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
1259 HasObjCConversion = true;
1260 } else {
1261 // Argument types are too different. Abort.
1262 return false;
1263 }
1264 }
1265
1266 if (HasObjCConversion) {
1267 // We had an Objective-C conversion. Allow this pointer
1268 // conversion, but complain about it.
1269 ConvertedType = ToType;
1270 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1271 return true;
1272 }
1273 }
1274
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001275 return false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001276}
1277
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001278/// CheckPointerConversion - Check the pointer conversion from the
1279/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00001280/// ambiguous or inaccessible derived-to-base pointer
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001281/// conversions for which IsPointerConversion has already returned
1282/// true. It returns true and produces a diagnostic if there was an
1283/// error, or returns false otherwise.
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001284bool Sema::CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Sebastian Redl7c353682009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001285 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind,
1286 bool IgnoreBaseAccess) {
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001287 QualType FromType = From->getType();
1288
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001289 if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
1290 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001291 QualType FromPointeeType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(),
1292 ToPointeeType = ToPtrType->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor1e57a3f2008-12-18 23:43:31 +00001293
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001294 if (FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
1295 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001296 // We must have a derived-to-base conversion. Check an
1297 // ambiguous or inaccessible conversion.
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001298 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType,
1299 From->getExprLoc(),
Sebastian Redl7c353682009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001300 From->getSourceRange(),
1301 IgnoreBaseAccess))
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001302 return true;
1303
1304 // The conversion was successful.
1305 Kind = CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase;
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001306 }
1307 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001308 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrType =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001309 FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001310 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrType =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001311 ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001312 // Objective-C++ conversions are always okay.
1313 // FIXME: We should have a different class of conversions for the
1314 // Objective-C++ implicit conversions.
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001315 if (FromPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType() || ToPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001316 return false;
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001317
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001318 }
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001319 return false;
1320}
1321
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001322/// IsMemberPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
1323/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, can be
1324/// converted to the type ToType via a member pointer conversion (C++ 4.11).
1325/// If so, returns true and places the converted type (that might differ from
1326/// ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into ConvertedType.
1327bool Sema::IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001328 QualType ToType,
1329 bool InOverloadResolution,
1330 QualType &ConvertedType) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001331 const MemberPointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001332 if (!ToTypePtr)
1333 return false;
1334
1335 // A null pointer constant can be converted to a member pointer (C++ 4.11p1)
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001336 if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1337 InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
1338 : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001339 ConvertedType = ToType;
1340 return true;
1341 }
1342
1343 // Otherwise, both types have to be member pointers.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001344 const MemberPointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001345 if (!FromTypePtr)
1346 return false;
1347
1348 // A pointer to member of B can be converted to a pointer to member of D,
1349 // where D is derived from B (C++ 4.11p2).
1350 QualType FromClass(FromTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
1351 QualType ToClass(ToTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
1352 // FIXME: What happens when these are dependent? Is this function even called?
1353
1354 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass)) {
1355 ConvertedType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(),
1356 ToClass.getTypePtr());
1357 return true;
1358 }
1359
1360 return false;
1361}
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001362
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001363/// CheckMemberPointerConversion - Check the member pointer conversion from the
1364/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for ambiguous or
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +00001365/// virtual or inaccessible base-to-derived member pointer conversions
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001366/// for which IsMemberPointerConversion has already returned true. It returns
1367/// true and produces a diagnostic if there was an error, or returns false
1368/// otherwise.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001369bool Sema::CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Sebastian Redl7c353682009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001370 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind,
1371 bool IgnoreBaseAccess) {
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001372 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001373 const MemberPointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001374 if (!FromPtrType) {
1375 // This must be a null pointer to member pointer conversion
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001376 assert(From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1377 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) &&
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001378 "Expr must be null pointer constant!");
1379 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer;
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001380 return false;
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001381 }
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001382
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001383 const MemberPointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001384 assert(ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type "
1385 "that is not a member pointer.");
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001386
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001387 QualType FromClass = QualType(FromPtrType->getClass(), 0);
1388 QualType ToClass = QualType(ToPtrType->getClass(), 0);
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001389
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001390 // FIXME: What about dependent types?
1391 assert(FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
1392 assert(ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001393
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +00001394 CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/ true,
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001395 /*DetectVirtual=*/true);
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001396 bool DerivationOkay = IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass, Paths);
1397 assert(DerivationOkay &&
1398 "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.");
1399 (void)DerivationOkay;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001400
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001401 if (Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(FromClass).
1402 getUnqualifiedType())) {
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001403 std::string PathDisplayStr = getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(Paths);
1404 Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ambiguous_memptr_conv)
1405 << 0 << FromClass << ToClass << PathDisplayStr << From->getSourceRange();
1406 return true;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001407 }
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001408
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001409 if (const RecordType *VBase = Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) {
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001410 Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_memptr_conv_via_virtual)
1411 << FromClass << ToClass << QualType(VBase, 0)
1412 << From->getSourceRange();
1413 return true;
1414 }
1415
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +00001416 if (!IgnoreBaseAccess)
John McCall1064d7e2010-03-16 05:22:47 +00001417 CheckBaseClassAccess(From->getExprLoc(), FromClass, ToClass,
1418 Paths.front(),
1419 diag::err_downcast_from_inaccessible_base);
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +00001420
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001421 // Must be a base to derived member conversion.
1422 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001423 return false;
1424}
1425
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001426/// IsQualificationConversion - Determines whether the conversion from
1427/// an rvalue of type FromType to ToType is a qualification conversion
1428/// (C++ 4.4).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001429bool
1430Sema::IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001431 FromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
1432 ToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
1433
1434 // If FromType and ToType are the same type, this is not a
1435 // qualification conversion.
Sebastian Redlcbdffb12010-02-03 19:36:07 +00001436 if (FromType.getUnqualifiedType() == ToType.getUnqualifiedType())
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001437 return false;
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001438
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001439 // (C++ 4.4p4):
1440 // A conversion can add cv-qualifiers at levels other than the first
1441 // in multi-level pointers, subject to the following rules: [...]
1442 bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001443 bool UnwrappedAnyPointer = false;
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001444 while (UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001445 // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
1446 // determine if this still looks like a qualification
1447 // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
Douglas Gregor29a92472008-10-22 17:49:05 +00001448 // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001449 // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left to
1450 // unwrap.
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001451 UnwrappedAnyPointer = true;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001452
1453 // -- for every j > 0, if const is in cv 1,j then const is in cv
1454 // 2,j, and similarly for volatile.
Douglas Gregorea2d4212008-10-22 00:38:21 +00001455 if (!ToType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromType))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001456 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001457
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001458 // -- if the cv 1,j and cv 2,j are different, then const is in
1459 // every cv for 0 < k < j.
1460 if (FromType.getCVRQualifiers() != ToType.getCVRQualifiers()
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001461 && !PreviousToQualsIncludeConst)
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001462 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001463
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001464 // Keep track of whether all prior cv-qualifiers in the "to" type
1465 // include const.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001466 PreviousToQualsIncludeConst
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001467 = PreviousToQualsIncludeConst && ToType.isConstQualified();
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001468 }
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001469
1470 // We are left with FromType and ToType being the pointee types
1471 // after unwrapping the original FromType and ToType the same number
1472 // of types. If we unwrapped any pointers, and if FromType and
1473 // ToType have the same unqualified type (since we checked
1474 // qualifiers above), then this is a qualification conversion.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001475 return UnwrappedAnyPointer && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType,ToType);
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001476}
1477
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001478/// Determines whether there is a user-defined conversion sequence
1479/// (C++ [over.ics.user]) that converts expression From to the type
1480/// ToType. If such a conversion exists, User will contain the
1481/// user-defined conversion sequence that performs such a conversion
1482/// and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this routine returns
1483/// false and User is unspecified.
1484///
1485/// \param AllowConversionFunctions true if the conversion should
1486/// consider conversion functions at all. If false, only constructors
1487/// will be considered.
1488///
1489/// \param AllowExplicit true if the conversion should consider C++0x
1490/// "explicit" conversion functions as well as non-explicit conversion
1491/// functions (C++0x [class.conv.fct]p2).
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00001492///
1493/// \param ForceRValue true if the expression should be treated as an rvalue
1494/// for overload resolution.
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +00001495/// \param UserCast true if looking for user defined conversion for a static
1496/// cast.
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00001497OverloadingResult Sema::IsUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1498 UserDefinedConversionSequence& User,
1499 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1500 bool AllowConversionFunctions,
1501 bool AllowExplicit,
1502 bool ForceRValue,
1503 bool UserCast) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001504 if (const RecordType *ToRecordType = ToType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor3ec1bf22009-11-05 13:06:35 +00001505 if (RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), ToType, PDiag())) {
1506 // We're not going to find any constructors.
1507 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *ToRecordDecl
1508 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ToRecordType->getDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001509 // C++ [over.match.ctor]p1:
1510 // When objects of class type are direct-initialized (8.5), or
1511 // copy-initialized from an expression of the same or a
1512 // derived class type (8.5), overload resolution selects the
1513 // constructor. [...] For copy-initialization, the candidate
1514 // functions are all the converting constructors (12.3.1) of
1515 // that class. The argument list is the expression-list within
1516 // the parentheses of the initializer.
Douglas Gregor379d84b2009-11-13 18:44:21 +00001517 bool SuppressUserConversions = !UserCast;
1518 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, From->getType()) ||
1519 IsDerivedFrom(From->getType(), ToType)) {
1520 SuppressUserConversions = false;
1521 AllowConversionFunctions = false;
1522 }
1523
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001524 DeclarationName ConstructorName
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001525 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
1526 Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType());
1527 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Con, ConEnd;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001528 for (llvm::tie(Con, ConEnd)
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001529 = ToRecordDecl->lookup(ConstructorName);
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001530 Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001531 NamedDecl *D = *Con;
1532 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(D, D->getAccess());
1533
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001534 // Find the constructor (which may be a template).
1535 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = 0;
1536 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConstructorTmpl
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001537 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D);
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001538 if (ConstructorTmpl)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001539 Constructor
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001540 = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorTmpl->getTemplatedDecl());
1541 else
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001542 Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D);
Douglas Gregorffe14e32009-11-14 01:20:54 +00001543
Fariborz Jahanian11a8e952009-08-06 17:22:51 +00001544 if (!Constructor->isInvalidDecl() &&
Anders Carlssond20e7952009-08-28 16:57:08 +00001545 Constructor->isConvertingConstructor(AllowExplicit)) {
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001546 if (ConstructorTmpl)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001547 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(ConstructorTmpl, FoundDecl,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00001548 /*ExplicitArgs*/ 0,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001549 &From, 1, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor379d84b2009-11-13 18:44:21 +00001550 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001551 else
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +00001552 // Allow one user-defined conversion when user specifies a
1553 // From->ToType conversion via an static cast (c-style, etc).
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001554 AddOverloadCandidate(Constructor, FoundDecl,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00001555 &From, 1, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor379d84b2009-11-13 18:44:21 +00001556 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001557 }
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001558 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001559 }
1560 }
1561
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001562 if (!AllowConversionFunctions) {
1563 // Don't allow any conversion functions to enter the overload set.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001564 } else if (RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), From->getType(),
1565 PDiag(0)
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001566 << From->getSourceRange())) {
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00001567 // No conversion functions from incomplete types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001568 } else if (const RecordType *FromRecordType
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001569 = From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001570 if (CXXRecordDecl *FromRecordDecl
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001571 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FromRecordType->getDecl())) {
1572 // Add all of the conversion functions as candidates.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00001573 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions
Fariborz Jahanianf4061e32009-09-14 20:41:01 +00001574 = FromRecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00001575 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001576 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001577 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = I.getPair();
1578 NamedDecl *D = FoundDecl.getDecl();
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00001579 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
1580 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1581 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1582
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001583 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
1584 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001585 if ((ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)))
1586 Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001587 else
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001588 Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001589
1590 if (AllowExplicit || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
1591 if (ConvTemplate)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001592 AddTemplateConversionCandidate(ConvTemplate, FoundDecl,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00001593 ActingContext, From, ToType,
1594 CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001595 else
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001596 AddConversionCandidate(Conv, FoundDecl, ActingContext,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00001597 From, ToType, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001598 }
1599 }
1600 }
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001601 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001602
1603 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001604 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, From->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001605 case OR_Success:
1606 // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001607 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001608 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function)) {
1609 // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
1610 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
1611 // constructor (12.3.1), the initial standard conversion
1612 // sequence converts the source type to the type required by
1613 // the argument of the constructor.
1614 //
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001615 QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(Context);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001616 if (Best->Conversions[0].isEllipsis())
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00001617 User.EllipsisConversion = true;
1618 else {
1619 User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
1620 User.EllipsisConversion = false;
1621 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001622 User.ConversionFunction = Constructor;
1623 User.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001624 User.After.setFromType(
1625 ThisType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00001626 User.After.setAllToTypes(ToType);
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001627 return OR_Success;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001628 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
1629 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Best->Function)) {
1630 // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
1631 //
1632 // [...] If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
1633 // conversion function (12.3.2), the initial standard
1634 // conversion sequence converts the source type to the
1635 // implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
1636 User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
1637 User.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00001638 User.EllipsisConversion = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001639
1640 // C++ [over.ics.user]p2:
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001641 // The second standard conversion sequence converts the
1642 // result of the user-defined conversion to the target type
1643 // for the sequence. Since an implicit conversion sequence
1644 // is an initialization, the special rules for
1645 // initialization by user-defined conversion apply when
1646 // selecting the best user-defined conversion for a
1647 // user-defined conversion sequence (see 13.3.3 and
1648 // 13.3.3.1).
1649 User.After = Best->FinalConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001650 return OR_Success;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001651 } else {
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001652 assert(false && "Not a constructor or conversion function?");
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001653 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001654 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001655
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001656 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001657 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001658 case OR_Deleted:
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001659 // No conversion here! We're done.
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001660 return OR_Deleted;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001661
1662 case OR_Ambiguous:
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001663 return OR_Ambiguous;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001664 }
1665
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001666 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001667}
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001668
1669bool
Fariborz Jahanian76197412009-11-18 18:26:29 +00001670Sema::DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001671 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00001672 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(From->getExprLoc());
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001673 OverloadingResult OvResult =
1674 IsUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined,
1675 CandidateSet, true, false, false);
Fariborz Jahanian76197412009-11-18 18:26:29 +00001676 if (OvResult == OR_Ambiguous)
1677 Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1678 diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
1679 << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange();
1680 else if (OvResult == OR_No_Viable_Function && !CandidateSet.empty())
1681 Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1682 diag::err_typecheck_nonviable_condition)
1683 << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange();
1684 else
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001685 return false;
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00001686 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, &From, 1);
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001687 return true;
1688}
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001689
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001690/// CompareImplicitConversionSequences - Compare two implicit
1691/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
1692/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001693ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001694Sema::CompareImplicitConversionSequences(const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS1,
1695 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS2)
1696{
1697 // (C++ 13.3.3.2p2): When comparing the basic forms of implicit
1698 // conversion sequences (as defined in 13.3.3.1)
1699 // -- a standard conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.1) is a better
1700 // conversion sequence than a user-defined conversion sequence or
1701 // an ellipsis conversion sequence, and
1702 // -- a user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2) is a better
1703 // conversion sequence than an ellipsis conversion sequence
1704 // (13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001705 //
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001706 // C++0x [over.best.ics]p10:
1707 // For the purpose of ranking implicit conversion sequences as
1708 // described in 13.3.3.2, the ambiguous conversion sequence is
1709 // treated as a user-defined sequence that is indistinguishable
1710 // from any other user-defined conversion sequence.
1711 if (ICS1.getKind() < ICS2.getKind()) {
1712 if (!(ICS1.isUserDefined() && ICS2.isAmbiguous()))
1713 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1714 } else if (ICS2.getKind() < ICS1.getKind()) {
1715 if (!(ICS2.isUserDefined() && ICS1.isAmbiguous()))
1716 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1717 }
1718
1719 if (ICS1.isAmbiguous() || ICS2.isAmbiguous())
1720 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001721
1722 // Two implicit conversion sequences of the same form are
1723 // indistinguishable conversion sequences unless one of the
1724 // following rules apply: (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001725 if (ICS1.isStandard())
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001726 return CompareStandardConversionSequences(ICS1.Standard, ICS2.Standard);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001727 else if (ICS1.isUserDefined()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001728 // User-defined conversion sequence U1 is a better conversion
1729 // sequence than another user-defined conversion sequence U2 if
1730 // they contain the same user-defined conversion function or
1731 // constructor and if the second standard conversion sequence of
1732 // U1 is better than the second standard conversion sequence of
1733 // U2 (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001734 if (ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction ==
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001735 ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)
1736 return CompareStandardConversionSequences(ICS1.UserDefined.After,
1737 ICS2.UserDefined.After);
1738 }
1739
1740 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1741}
1742
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00001743// Per 13.3.3.2p3, compare the given standard conversion sequences to
1744// determine if one is a proper subset of the other.
1745static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
1746compareStandardConversionSubsets(ASTContext &Context,
1747 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
1748 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
1749 ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result
1750 = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1751
1752 if (SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second) {
1753 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity)
1754 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1755 else if (SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity)
1756 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1757 else
1758 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1759 } else if (!Context.hasSameType(SCS1.getToType(1), SCS2.getToType(1)))
1760 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1761
1762 if (SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third) {
1763 return Context.hasSameType(SCS1.getToType(2), SCS2.getToType(2))? Result
1764 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1765 }
1766
1767 if (SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity)
1768 return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse
1769 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable
1770 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1771
1772 if (SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity)
1773 return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1774 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable
1775 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1776
1777 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1778}
1779
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001780/// CompareStandardConversionSequences - Compare two standard
1781/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
1782/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001783ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001784Sema::CompareStandardConversionSequences(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
1785 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2)
1786{
1787 // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence
1788 // than standard conversion sequence S2 if (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
1789
1790 // -- S1 is a proper subsequence of S2 (comparing the conversion
1791 // sequences in the canonical form defined by 13.3.3.1.1,
1792 // excluding any Lvalue Transformation; the identity conversion
1793 // sequence is considered to be a subsequence of any
1794 // non-identity conversion sequence) or, if not that,
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00001795 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind CK
1796 = compareStandardConversionSubsets(Context, SCS1, SCS2))
1797 return CK;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001798
1799 // -- the rank of S1 is better than the rank of S2 (by the rules
1800 // defined below), or, if not that,
1801 ImplicitConversionRank Rank1 = SCS1.getRank();
1802 ImplicitConversionRank Rank2 = SCS2.getRank();
1803 if (Rank1 < Rank2)
1804 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1805 else if (Rank2 < Rank1)
1806 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001807
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001808 // (C++ 13.3.3.2p4): Two conversion sequences with the same rank
1809 // are indistinguishable unless one of the following rules
1810 // applies:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001811
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001812 // A conversion that is not a conversion of a pointer, or
1813 // pointer to member, to bool is better than another conversion
1814 // that is such a conversion.
1815 if (SCS1.isPointerConversionToBool() != SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool())
1816 return SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool()
1817 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1818 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1819
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001820 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b2:
1821 //
1822 // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A,
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001823 // conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of B* to
1824 // void*, and conversion of A* to void* is better than conversion
1825 // of B* to void*.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001826 bool SCS1ConvertsToVoid
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001827 = SCS1.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001828 bool SCS2ConvertsToVoid
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001829 = SCS2.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(Context);
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001830 if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid != SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1831 // Exactly one of the conversion sequences is a conversion to
1832 // a void pointer; it's the worse conversion.
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001833 return SCS2ConvertsToVoid ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1834 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001835 } else if (!SCS1ConvertsToVoid && !SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1836 // Neither conversion sequence converts to a void pointer; compare
1837 // their derived-to-base conversions.
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001838 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind DerivedCK
1839 = CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(SCS1, SCS2))
1840 return DerivedCK;
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001841 } else if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid && SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1842 // Both conversion sequences are conversions to void
1843 // pointers. Compare the source types to determine if there's an
1844 // inheritance relationship in their sources.
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00001845 QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType();
1846 QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType();
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001847
1848 // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
1849 // conversion, if we need to.
1850 if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1851 FromType1 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
1852 if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1853 FromType2 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
1854
Douglas Gregor1aa450a2009-12-13 21:37:05 +00001855 QualType FromPointee1
1856 = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
1857 QualType FromPointee2
1858 = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001859
Douglas Gregor1aa450a2009-12-13 21:37:05 +00001860 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
1861 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1862 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
1863 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1864
1865 // Objective-C++: If one interface is more specific than the
1866 // other, it is the better one.
1867 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface1 = FromPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1868 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface2 = FromPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1869 if (FromIface1 && FromIface1) {
1870 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface2, FromIface1))
1871 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1872 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface1, FromIface2))
1873 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1874 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001875 }
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001876
1877 // Compare based on qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3,
1878 // bullet 3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001879 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind QualCK
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001880 = CompareQualificationConversions(SCS1, SCS2))
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001881 return QualCK;
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001882
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001883 if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) {
Sebastian Redlb28b4072009-03-22 23:49:27 +00001884 // C++0x [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
1885 // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3) and neither refers to an
1886 // implicit object parameter of a non-static member function declared
1887 // without a ref-qualifier, and S1 binds an rvalue reference to an
1888 // rvalue and S2 binds an lvalue reference.
Sebastian Redl4c0cd852009-03-29 15:27:50 +00001889 // FIXME: We don't know if we're dealing with the implicit object parameter,
1890 // or if the member function in this case has a ref qualifier.
1891 // (Of course, we don't have ref qualifiers yet.)
1892 if (SCS1.RRefBinding != SCS2.RRefBinding)
1893 return SCS1.RRefBinding ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1894 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Sebastian Redlb28b4072009-03-22 23:49:27 +00001895
1896 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
1897 // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3), and the types to
1898 // which the references refer are the same type except for
1899 // top-level cv-qualifiers, and the type to which the reference
1900 // initialized by S2 refers is more cv-qualified than the type
1901 // to which the reference initialized by S1 refers.
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00001902 QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType(2);
1903 QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType(2);
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001904 T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
1905 T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00001906 Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals;
1907 QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals);
1908 QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals);
1909 if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) {
1910 // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the type
1911 // for comparison.
1912 if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals)
1913 T1 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals);
1914 if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals)
1915 T2 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals);
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001916 if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1))
1917 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1918 else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2))
1919 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1920 }
1921 }
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001922
1923 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1924}
1925
1926/// CompareQualificationConversions - Compares two standard conversion
1927/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001928/// qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3 bullet 3).
1929ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001930Sema::CompareQualificationConversions(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001931 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
Douglas Gregor4b62ec62008-10-22 15:04:37 +00001932 // C++ 13.3.3.2p3:
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001933 // -- S1 and S2 differ only in their qualification conversion and
1934 // yield similar types T1 and T2 (C++ 4.4), respectively, and the
1935 // cv-qualification signature of type T1 is a proper subset of
1936 // the cv-qualification signature of type T2, and S1 is not the
1937 // deprecated string literal array-to-pointer conversion (4.2).
1938 if (SCS1.First != SCS2.First || SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second ||
1939 SCS1.Third != SCS2.Third || SCS1.Third != ICK_Qualification)
1940 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1941
1942 // FIXME: the example in the standard doesn't use a qualification
1943 // conversion (!)
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00001944 QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType(2);
1945 QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType(2);
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001946 T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
1947 T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00001948 Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals;
1949 QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals);
1950 QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals);
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001951
1952 // If the types are the same, we won't learn anything by unwrapped
1953 // them.
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00001954 if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2)
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001955 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1956
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00001957 // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the type
1958 // for comparison.
1959 if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals)
1960 T1 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals);
1961 if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals)
1962 T2 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals);
1963
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001964 ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001965 = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1966 while (UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(T1, T2)) {
1967 // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
1968 // determine if this still looks like a qualification
1969 // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
Douglas Gregor29a92472008-10-22 17:49:05 +00001970 // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001971 // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left
1972 // to unwrap. This essentially mimics what
1973 // IsQualificationConversion does, but here we're checking for a
1974 // strict subset of qualifiers.
1975 if (T1.getCVRQualifiers() == T2.getCVRQualifiers())
1976 // The qualifiers are the same, so this doesn't tell us anything
1977 // about how the sequences rank.
1978 ;
1979 else if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1)) {
1980 // T1 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
1981 if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse)
1982 // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
1983 // qualifiers.
1984 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001985
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001986 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1987 } else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) {
1988 // T2 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
1989 if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better)
1990 // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
1991 // qualifiers.
1992 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001993
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001994 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1995 } else {
1996 // Qualifiers are disjoint.
1997 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1998 }
1999
2000 // If the types after this point are equivalent, we're done.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002001 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2))
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002002 break;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002003 }
2004
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002005 // Check that the winning standard conversion sequence isn't using
2006 // the deprecated string literal array to pointer conversion.
2007 switch (Result) {
2008 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
Douglas Gregore489a7d2010-02-28 18:30:25 +00002009 if (SCS1.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr)
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002010 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2011 break;
2012
2013 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
2014 break;
2015
2016 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
Douglas Gregore489a7d2010-02-28 18:30:25 +00002017 if (SCS2.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr)
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00002018 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2019 break;
2020 }
2021
2022 return Result;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002023}
2024
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002025/// CompareDerivedToBaseConversions - Compares two standard conversion
2026/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002027/// various kinds of derived-to-base conversions (C++
2028/// [over.ics.rank]p4b3). As part of these checks, we also look at
2029/// conversions between Objective-C interface types.
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002030ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
2031Sema::CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
2032 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002033 QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType();
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00002034 QualType ToType1 = SCS1.getToType(1);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002035 QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType();
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00002036 QualType ToType2 = SCS2.getToType(1);
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002037
2038 // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
2039 // conversion, if we need to.
2040 if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
2041 FromType1 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
2042 if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
2043 FromType2 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
2044
2045 // Canonicalize all of the types.
2046 FromType1 = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType1);
2047 ToType1 = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType1);
2048 FromType2 = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType2);
2049 ToType2 = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType2);
2050
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002051 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b3:
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002052 //
2053 // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A and
2054 // class C is derived directly or indirectly from B,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002055 //
2056 // For Objective-C, we let A, B, and C also be Objective-C
2057 // interfaces.
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002058
2059 // Compare based on pointer conversions.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002060 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
Douglas Gregora29dc052008-11-27 01:19:21 +00002061 SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
2062 /*FIXME: Remove if Objective-C id conversions get their own rank*/
2063 FromType1->isPointerType() && FromType2->isPointerType() &&
2064 ToType1->isPointerType() && ToType2->isPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002065 QualType FromPointee1
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002066 = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002067 QualType ToPointee1
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002068 = ToType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002069 QualType FromPointee2
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002070 = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002071 QualType ToPointee2
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002072 = ToType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002073
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002074 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface1 = FromPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
2075 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface2 = FromPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
2076 const ObjCInterfaceType* ToIface1 = ToPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
2077 const ObjCInterfaceType* ToIface2 = ToPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002078
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002079 // -- conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002080 if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
2081 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
2082 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2083 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
2084 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002085
2086 if (ToIface1 && ToIface2) {
2087 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToIface2, ToIface1))
2088 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2089 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToIface1, ToIface2))
2090 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2091 }
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002092 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002093
2094 // -- conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
2095 if (FromPointee1 != FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 == ToPointee2) {
2096 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
2097 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2098 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
2099 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002100
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002101 if (FromIface1 && FromIface2) {
2102 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface1, FromIface2))
2103 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2104 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface2, FromIface1))
2105 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2106 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002107 }
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002108 }
2109
Fariborz Jahanianac741ff2009-10-20 20:07:35 +00002110 // Ranking of member-pointer types.
Fariborz Jahanian9a587b02009-10-20 20:04:46 +00002111 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member && SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member &&
2112 FromType1->isMemberPointerType() && FromType2->isMemberPointerType() &&
2113 ToType1->isMemberPointerType() && ToType2->isMemberPointerType()) {
2114 const MemberPointerType * FromMemPointer1 =
2115 FromType1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2116 const MemberPointerType * ToMemPointer1 =
2117 ToType1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2118 const MemberPointerType * FromMemPointer2 =
2119 FromType2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2120 const MemberPointerType * ToMemPointer2 =
2121 ToType2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2122 const Type *FromPointeeType1 = FromMemPointer1->getClass();
2123 const Type *ToPointeeType1 = ToMemPointer1->getClass();
2124 const Type *FromPointeeType2 = FromMemPointer2->getClass();
2125 const Type *ToPointeeType2 = ToMemPointer2->getClass();
2126 QualType FromPointee1 = QualType(FromPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
2127 QualType ToPointee1 = QualType(ToPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
2128 QualType FromPointee2 = QualType(FromPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
2129 QualType ToPointee2 = QualType(ToPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
Fariborz Jahanianac741ff2009-10-20 20:07:35 +00002130 // conversion of A::* to B::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*,
Fariborz Jahanian9a587b02009-10-20 20:04:46 +00002131 if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
2132 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
2133 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2134 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
2135 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2136 }
2137 // conversion of B::* to C::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*
2138 if (ToPointee1 == ToPointee2 && FromPointee1 != FromPointee2) {
2139 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
2140 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2141 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
2142 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2143 }
2144 }
2145
Douglas Gregor83af86a2010-02-25 19:01:05 +00002146 if ((SCS1.ReferenceBinding || SCS1.CopyConstructor) &&
2147 (SCS2.ReferenceBinding || SCS2.CopyConstructor) &&
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002148 SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
2149 // -- conversion of C to B is better than conversion of C to A,
Douglas Gregor83af86a2010-02-25 19:01:05 +00002150 // -- binding of an expression of type C to a reference of type
2151 // B& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
2152 // reference of type A&,
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002153 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
2154 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002155 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType1, ToType2))
2156 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2157 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType2, ToType1))
2158 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2159 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002160
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002161 // -- conversion of B to A is better than conversion of C to A.
Douglas Gregor83af86a2010-02-25 19:01:05 +00002162 // -- binding of an expression of type B to a reference of type
2163 // A& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
2164 // reference of type A&,
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002165 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
2166 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002167 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType2, FromType1))
2168 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2169 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType1, FromType2))
2170 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2171 }
2172 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002173
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002174 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2175}
2176
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002177/// TryCopyInitialization - Try to copy-initialize a value of type
2178/// ToType from the expression From. Return the implicit conversion
2179/// sequence required to pass this argument, which may be a bad
2180/// conversion sequence (meaning that the argument cannot be passed to
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002181/// a parameter of this type). If @p SuppressUserConversions, then we
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002182/// do not permit any user-defined conversion sequences. If @p ForceRValue,
2183/// then we treat @p From as an rvalue, even if it is an lvalue.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002184ImplicitConversionSequence
2185Sema::TryCopyInitialization(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002186 bool SuppressUserConversions, bool ForceRValue,
2187 bool InOverloadResolution) {
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002188 if (ToType->isReferenceType()) {
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002189 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00002190 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002191 CheckReferenceInit(From, ToType,
Douglas Gregorc809cc22009-09-23 23:04:10 +00002192 /*FIXME:*/From->getLocStart(),
Anders Carlsson271e3a42009-08-27 17:30:43 +00002193 SuppressUserConversions,
2194 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
2195 ForceRValue,
2196 &ICS);
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002197 return ICS;
2198 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002199 return TryImplicitConversion(From, ToType,
Anders Carlssonef4c7212009-08-27 17:24:15 +00002200 SuppressUserConversions,
2201 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002202 ForceRValue,
2203 InOverloadResolution);
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002204 }
2205}
2206
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002207/// TryObjectArgumentInitialization - Try to initialize the object
2208/// parameter of the given member function (@c Method) from the
2209/// expression @p From.
2210ImplicitConversionSequence
John McCall47000992010-01-14 03:28:57 +00002211Sema::TryObjectArgumentInitialization(QualType OrigFromType,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002212 CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2213 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext) {
2214 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(ActingContext);
Sebastian Redl931e0bd2009-11-18 20:55:52 +00002215 // [class.dtor]p2: A destructor can be invoked for a const, volatile or
2216 // const volatile object.
2217 unsigned Quals = isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(Method) ?
2218 Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile : Method->getTypeQualifiers();
2219 QualType ImplicitParamType = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(ClassType, Quals);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002220
2221 // Set up the conversion sequence as a "bad" conversion, to allow us
2222 // to exit early.
2223 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002224
2225 // We need to have an object of class type.
John McCall47000992010-01-14 03:28:57 +00002226 QualType FromType = OrigFromType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002227 if (const PointerType *PT = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002228 FromType = PT->getPointeeType();
2229
2230 assert(FromType->isRecordType());
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002231
Sebastian Redl931e0bd2009-11-18 20:55:52 +00002232 // The implicit object parameter is has the type "reference to cv X",
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002233 // where X is the class of which the function is a member
2234 // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p4). However, when finding an implicit
2235 // conversion sequence for the argument, we are not allowed to
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002236 // create temporaries or perform user-defined conversions
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002237 // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5). We perform a simplified version of
2238 // reference binding here, that allows class rvalues to bind to
2239 // non-constant references.
2240
2241 // First check the qualifiers. We don't care about lvalue-vs-rvalue
2242 // with the implicit object parameter (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5).
2243 QualType FromTypeCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002244 if (ImplicitParamType.getCVRQualifiers()
2245 != FromTypeCanon.getLocalCVRQualifiers() &&
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002246 !ImplicitParamType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromTypeCanon)) {
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00002247 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers,
2248 OrigFromType, ImplicitParamType);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002249 return ICS;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002250 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002251
2252 // Check that we have either the same type or a derived type. It
2253 // affects the conversion rank.
2254 QualType ClassTypeCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType);
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00002255 ImplicitConversionKind SecondKind;
2256 if (ClassTypeCanon == FromTypeCanon.getLocalUnqualifiedType()) {
2257 SecondKind = ICK_Identity;
2258 } else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType, ClassType))
2259 SecondKind = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002260 else {
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00002261 ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::unrelated_class,
2262 FromType, ImplicitParamType);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002263 return ICS;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002264 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002265
2266 // Success. Mark this as a reference binding.
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002267 ICS.setStandard();
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00002268 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
2269 ICS.Standard.Second = SecondKind;
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002270 ICS.Standard.setFromType(FromType);
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00002271 ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ImplicitParamType);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002272 ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
2273 ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true;
Sebastian Redlf69a94a2009-03-29 22:46:24 +00002274 ICS.Standard.RRefBinding = false;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002275 return ICS;
2276}
2277
2278/// PerformObjectArgumentInitialization - Perform initialization of
2279/// the implicit object parameter for the given Method with the given
2280/// expression.
2281bool
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00002282Sema::PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *&From,
2283 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002284 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00002285 CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002286 QualType FromRecordType, DestType;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002287 QualType ImplicitParamRecordType =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002288 Method->getThisType(Context)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002289
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002290 if (const PointerType *PT = From->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002291 FromRecordType = PT->getPointeeType();
2292 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
2293 } else {
2294 FromRecordType = From->getType();
2295 DestType = ImplicitParamRecordType;
2296 }
2297
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002298 // Note that we always use the true parent context when performing
2299 // the actual argument initialization.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002300 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002301 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(From->getType(), Method,
2302 Method->getParent());
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002303 if (ICS.isBad())
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002304 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002305 diag::err_implicit_object_parameter_init)
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002306 << ImplicitParamRecordType << FromRecordType << From->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002307
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00002308 if (ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base)
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002309 return PerformObjectMemberConversion(From, Qualifier, FoundDecl, Method);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002310
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00002311 if (!Context.hasSameType(From->getType(), DestType))
2312 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp,
2313 /*isLvalue=*/!From->getType()->getAs<PointerType>());
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002314 return false;
2315}
2316
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002317/// TryContextuallyConvertToBool - Attempt to contextually convert the
2318/// expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
2319ImplicitConversionSequence Sema::TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002320 return TryImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy,
Anders Carlssonef4c7212009-08-27 17:24:15 +00002321 // FIXME: Are these flags correct?
2322 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002323 /*AllowExplicit=*/true,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002324 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2325 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002326}
2327
2328/// PerformContextuallyConvertToBool - Perform a contextual conversion
2329/// of the expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
2330bool Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *&From) {
2331 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(From);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002332 if (!ICS.isBad())
2333 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy, ICS, AA_Converting);
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002334
Fariborz Jahanian76197412009-11-18 18:26:29 +00002335 if (!DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(From, Context.BoolTy))
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002336 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2337 diag::err_typecheck_bool_condition)
2338 << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange();
2339 return true;
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002340}
2341
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002342/// AddOverloadCandidate - Adds the given function to the set of
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002343/// candidate functions, using the given function call arguments. If
2344/// @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't allow user-defined
2345/// conversions via constructors or conversion operators.
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002346/// If @p ForceRValue, treat all arguments as rvalues. This is a slightly
2347/// hacky way to implement the overloading rules for elidable copy
2348/// initialization in C++0x (C++0x 12.8p15).
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002349///
2350/// \para PartialOverloading true if we are performing "partial" overloading
2351/// based on an incomplete set of function arguments. This feature is used by
2352/// code completion.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002353void
2354Sema::AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002355 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002356 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002357 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002358 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002359 bool ForceRValue,
2360 bool PartialOverloading) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002361 const FunctionProtoType* Proto
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002362 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002363 assert(Proto && "Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002364 assert(!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002365 "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002366
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002367 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function)) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002368 if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method)) {
2369 // If we get here, it's because we're calling a member function
2370 // that is named without a member access expression (e.g.,
2371 // "this->f") that was either written explicitly or created
2372 // implicitly. This can happen with a qualified call to a member
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002373 // function, e.g., X::f(). We use an empty type for the implied
2374 // object argument (C++ [over.call.func]p3), and the acting context
2375 // is irrelevant.
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002376 AddMethodCandidate(Method, FoundDecl, Method->getParent(),
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002377 QualType(), Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002378 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2379 return;
2380 }
2381 // We treat a constructor like a non-member function, since its object
2382 // argument doesn't participate in overload resolution.
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002383 }
2384
Douglas Gregorff7028a2009-11-13 23:59:09 +00002385 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Function))
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002386 return;
Douglas Gregorffe14e32009-11-14 01:20:54 +00002387
Douglas Gregor27381f32009-11-23 12:27:39 +00002388 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
2389 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
2390
Douglas Gregorffe14e32009-11-14 01:20:54 +00002391 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Function)){
2392 // C++ [class.copy]p3:
2393 // A member function template is never instantiated to perform the copy
2394 // of a class object to an object of its class type.
2395 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Constructor->getParent());
2396 if (NumArgs == 1 &&
2397 Constructor->isCopyConstructorLikeSpecialization() &&
Douglas Gregor901e7172010-02-21 18:30:38 +00002398 (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ClassType, Args[0]->getType()) ||
2399 IsDerivedFrom(Args[0]->getType(), ClassType)))
Douglas Gregorffe14e32009-11-14 01:20:54 +00002400 return;
2401 }
2402
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002403 // Add this candidate
2404 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2405 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002406 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002407 Candidate.Function = Function;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002408 Candidate.Viable = true;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002409 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002410 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002411
2412 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2413
2414 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2415 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2416 // list (8.3.5).
Douglas Gregor2a920012009-09-23 14:56:09 +00002417 if ((NumArgs + (PartialOverloading && NumArgs)) > NumArgsInProto &&
2418 !Proto->isVariadic()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002419 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002420 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002421 return;
2422 }
2423
2424 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
2425 // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
2426 // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
2427 // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
2428 // exactly m parameters.
2429 unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Function->getMinRequiredArguments();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002430 if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs && !PartialOverloading) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002431 // Not enough arguments.
2432 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002433 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002434 return;
2435 }
2436
2437 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2438 // arguments.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002439 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
2440 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2441 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2442 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2443 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2444 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2445 // parameter of F.
2446 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002447 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
2448 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002449 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue,
2450 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002451 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].isBad()) {
2452 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002453 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002454 break;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002455 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002456 } else {
2457 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2458 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2459 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002460 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].setEllipsis();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002461 }
2462 }
2463}
2464
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002465/// \brief Add all of the function declarations in the given function set to
2466/// the overload canddiate set.
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002467void Sema::AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002468 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2469 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2470 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002471 for (UnresolvedSetIterator F = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); F != E; ++F) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002472 NamedDecl *D = F.getDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
2473 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002474 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic())
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002475 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), F.getPair(),
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002476 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->getParent(),
2477 Args[0]->getType(), Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002478 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
2479 else
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002480 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, F.getPair(), Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002481 SuppressUserConversions);
2482 } else {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002483 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D);
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002484 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2485 !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl())->isStatic())
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002486 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunTmpl, F.getPair(),
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002487 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FunTmpl->getDeclContext()),
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002488 /*FIXME: explicit args */ 0,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002489 Args[0]->getType(), Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002490 CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002491 SuppressUserConversions);
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002492 else
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002493 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunTmpl, F.getPair(),
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002494 /*FIXME: explicit args */ 0,
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002495 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
2496 SuppressUserConversions);
2497 }
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002498 }
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002499}
2500
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002501/// AddMethodCandidate - Adds a named decl (which is some kind of
2502/// method) as a method candidate to the given overload set.
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002503void Sema::AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002504 QualType ObjectType,
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002505 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2506 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2507 bool SuppressUserConversions, bool ForceRValue) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002508 NamedDecl *Decl = FoundDecl.getDecl();
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002509 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Decl->getDeclContext());
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002510
2511 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl))
2512 Decl = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl)->getTargetDecl();
2513
2514 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Decl)) {
2515 assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2516 "Expected a member function template");
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002517 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(TD, FoundDecl, ActingContext,
2518 /*ExplicitArgs*/ 0,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002519 ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002520 CandidateSet,
2521 SuppressUserConversions,
2522 ForceRValue);
2523 } else {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002524 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Decl), FoundDecl, ActingContext,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002525 ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002526 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2527 }
2528}
2529
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002530/// AddMethodCandidate - Adds the given C++ member function to the set
2531/// of candidate functions, using the given function call arguments
2532/// and the object argument (@c Object). For example, in a call
2533/// @c o.f(a1,a2), @c Object will contain @c o and @c Args will contain
2534/// both @c a1 and @c a2. If @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't
2535/// allow user-defined conversions via constructors or conversion
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002536/// operators. If @p ForceRValue, treat all arguments as rvalues. This is
2537/// a slightly hacky way to implement the overloading rules for elidable copy
2538/// initialization in C++0x (C++0x 12.8p15).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002539void
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002540Sema::AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00002541 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
2542 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002543 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002544 bool SuppressUserConversions, bool ForceRValue) {
2545 const FunctionProtoType* Proto
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002546 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002547 assert(Proto && "Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002548 assert(!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) &&
2549 "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors");
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002550
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002551 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Method))
2552 return;
2553
Douglas Gregor27381f32009-11-23 12:27:39 +00002554 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
2555 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
2556
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002557 // Add this candidate
2558 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2559 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002560 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002561 Candidate.Function = Method;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002562 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002563 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002564
2565 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2566
2567 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2568 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2569 // list (8.3.5).
2570 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2571 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002572 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002573 return;
2574 }
2575
2576 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
2577 // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
2578 // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
2579 // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
2580 // exactly m parameters.
2581 unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Method->getMinRequiredArguments();
2582 if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs) {
2583 // Not enough arguments.
2584 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002585 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002586 return;
2587 }
2588
2589 Candidate.Viable = true;
2590 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
2591
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002592 if (Method->isStatic() || ObjectType.isNull())
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002593 // The implicit object argument is ignored.
2594 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = true;
2595 else {
2596 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the object
2597 // parameter.
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002598 Candidate.Conversions[0]
2599 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectType, Method, ActingContext);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002600 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002601 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002602 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002603 return;
2604 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002605 }
2606
2607 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2608 // arguments.
2609 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2610 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2611 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2612 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2613 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2614 // parameter of F.
2615 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002616 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
2617 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002618 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002619 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002620 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002621 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002622 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002623 break;
2624 }
2625 } else {
2626 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2627 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2628 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002629 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].setEllipsis();
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002630 }
2631 }
2632}
2633
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002634/// \brief Add a C++ member function template as a candidate to the candidate
2635/// set, using template argument deduction to produce an appropriate member
2636/// function template specialization.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002637void
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002638Sema::AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002639 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002640 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002641 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002642 QualType ObjectType,
2643 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002644 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2645 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2646 bool ForceRValue) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002647 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(MethodTmpl))
2648 return;
2649
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002650 // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002651 // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002652 // function template specializations are generated using template argument
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002653 // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002654 // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
2655 // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
2656 // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
2657 // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
2658 // functions.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00002659 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, CandidateSet.getLocation());
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002660 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2661 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002662 = DeduceTemplateArguments(MethodTmpl, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002663 Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
2664 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2665 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
2666 (void)Result;
2667 return;
2668 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002669
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002670 // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
2671 // deduction as a candidate.
2672 assert(Specialization && "Missing member function template specialization?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002673 assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) &&
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002674 "Specialization is not a member function?");
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002675 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization), FoundDecl,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00002676 ActingContext, ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002677 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2678}
2679
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002680/// \brief Add a C++ function template specialization as a candidate
2681/// in the candidate set, using template argument deduction to produce
2682/// an appropriate function template specialization.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002683void
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002684Sema::AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002685 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002686 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002687 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2688 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2689 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2690 bool ForceRValue) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002691 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
2692 return;
2693
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002694 // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002695 // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002696 // function template specializations are generated using template argument
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002697 // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002698 // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
2699 // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
2700 // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
2701 // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
2702 // functions.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00002703 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, CandidateSet.getLocation());
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002704 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2705 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002706 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002707 Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00002708 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2709 OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002710 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00002711 Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2712 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002713 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction;
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00002714 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
2715 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
John McCall8b9ed552010-02-01 18:53:26 +00002716
2717 // TODO: record more information about failed template arguments
2718 Candidate.DeductionFailure.Result = Result;
2719 Candidate.DeductionFailure.TemplateParameter = Info.Param.getOpaqueValue();
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002720 return;
2721 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002722
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002723 // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
2724 // deduction as a candidate.
2725 assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002726 AddOverloadCandidate(Specialization, FoundDecl, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002727 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2728}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002729
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002730/// AddConversionCandidate - Add a C++ conversion function as a
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002731/// candidate in the candidate set (C++ [over.match.conv],
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002732/// C++ [over.match.copy]). From is the expression we're converting from,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002733/// and ToType is the type that we're eventually trying to convert to
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002734/// (which may or may not be the same type as the type that the
2735/// conversion function produces).
2736void
2737Sema::AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002738 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002739 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002740 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2741 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002742 assert(!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
2743 "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate");
2744
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002745 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
2746 return;
2747
Douglas Gregor27381f32009-11-23 12:27:39 +00002748 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
2749 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
2750
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002751 // Add this candidate
2752 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2753 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002754 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002755 Candidate.Function = Conversion;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002756 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002757 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002758 Candidate.FinalConversion.setAsIdentityConversion();
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002759 Candidate.FinalConversion.setFromType(Conversion->getConversionType());
Douglas Gregor3edc4d52010-01-27 03:51:04 +00002760 Candidate.FinalConversion.setAllToTypes(ToType);
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002761
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002762 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
2763 // object parameter.
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002764 Candidate.Viable = true;
2765 Candidate.Conversions.resize(1);
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002766 Candidate.Conversions[0]
2767 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(From->getType(), Conversion,
2768 ActingContext);
Fariborz Jahanianf4061e32009-09-14 20:41:01 +00002769 // Conversion functions to a different type in the base class is visible in
2770 // the derived class. So, a derived to base conversion should not participate
2771 // in overload resolution.
2772 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base)
2773 Candidate.Conversions[0].Standard.Second = ICK_Identity;
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002774 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002775 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002776 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002777 return;
2778 }
Fariborz Jahanian996a6aa2009-10-19 19:18:20 +00002779
2780 // We won't go through a user-define type conversion function to convert a
2781 // derived to base as such conversions are given Conversion Rank. They only
2782 // go through a copy constructor. 13.3.3.1.2-p4 [over.ics.user]
2783 QualType FromCanon
2784 = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
2785 QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
2786 if (FromCanon == ToCanon || IsDerivedFrom(FromCanon, ToCanon)) {
2787 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00002788 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_trivial_conversion;
Fariborz Jahanian996a6aa2009-10-19 19:18:20 +00002789 return;
2790 }
2791
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002792
2793 // To determine what the conversion from the result of calling the
2794 // conversion function to the type we're eventually trying to
2795 // convert to (ToType), we need to synthesize a call to the
2796 // conversion function and attempt copy initialization from it. This
2797 // makes sure that we get the right semantics with respect to
2798 // lvalues/rvalues and the type. Fortunately, we can allocate this
2799 // call on the stack and we don't need its arguments to be
2800 // well-formed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002801 DeclRefExpr ConversionRef(Conversion, Conversion->getType(),
Douglas Gregore8f080122009-11-17 21:16:22 +00002802 From->getLocStart());
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002803 ImplicitCastExpr ConversionFn(Context.getPointerType(Conversion->getType()),
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002804 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002805 &ConversionRef, false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002806
2807 // Note that it is safe to allocate CallExpr on the stack here because
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002808 // there are 0 arguments (i.e., nothing is allocated using ASTContext's
2809 // allocator).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002810 CallExpr Call(Context, &ConversionFn, 0, 0,
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002811 Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(),
Douglas Gregore8f080122009-11-17 21:16:22 +00002812 From->getLocStart());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002813 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
2814 TryCopyInitialization(&Call, ToType,
Anders Carlsson03068aa2009-08-27 17:18:13 +00002815 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/true,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002816 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2817 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002818
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002819 switch (ICS.getKind()) {
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002820 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion:
2821 Candidate.FinalConversion = ICS.Standard;
Douglas Gregor2c326bc2010-04-12 23:42:09 +00002822
2823 // C++ [over.ics.user]p3:
2824 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a specialization of a
2825 // conversion function template, the second standard conversion sequence
2826 // shall have exact match rank.
2827 if (Conversion->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
2828 GetConversionRank(ICS.Standard.Second) != ICR_Exact_Match) {
2829 Candidate.Viable = false;
2830 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_final_conversion_not_exact;
2831 }
2832
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002833 break;
2834
2835 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
2836 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00002837 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002838 break;
2839
2840 default:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002841 assert(false &&
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002842 "Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure");
2843 }
2844}
2845
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002846/// \brief Adds a conversion function template specialization
2847/// candidate to the overload set, using template argument deduction
2848/// to deduce the template arguments of the conversion function
2849/// template from the type that we are converting to (C++
2850/// [temp.deduct.conv]).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002851void
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002852Sema::AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002853 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002854 CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC,
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002855 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2856 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
2857 assert(isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2858 "Only conversion function templates permitted here");
2859
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002860 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
2861 return;
2862
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00002863 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, CandidateSet.getLocation());
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002864 CXXConversionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2865 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002866 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ToType,
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002867 Specialization, Info)) {
2868 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2869 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
2870 (void)Result;
2871 return;
2872 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002873
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002874 // Add the conversion function template specialization produced by
2875 // template argument deduction as a candidate.
2876 assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002877 AddConversionCandidate(Specialization, FoundDecl, ActingDC, From, ToType,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00002878 CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002879}
2880
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002881/// AddSurrogateCandidate - Adds a "surrogate" candidate function that
2882/// converts the given @c Object to a function pointer via the
2883/// conversion function @c Conversion, and then attempts to call it
2884/// with the given arguments (C++ [over.call.object]p2-4). Proto is
2885/// the type of function that we'll eventually be calling.
2886void Sema::AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002887 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002888 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002889 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002890 QualType ObjectType,
2891 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002892 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002893 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
2894 return;
2895
Douglas Gregor27381f32009-11-23 12:27:39 +00002896 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
2897 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
2898
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002899 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2900 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00002901 Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002902 Candidate.Function = 0;
2903 Candidate.Surrogate = Conversion;
2904 Candidate.Viable = true;
2905 Candidate.IsSurrogate = true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002906 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002907 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
2908
2909 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
2910 // object parameter.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002911 ImplicitConversionSequence ObjectInit
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002912 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectType, Conversion, ActingContext);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002913 if (ObjectInit.isBad()) {
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002914 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002915 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00002916 Candidate.Conversions[0] = ObjectInit;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002917 return;
2918 }
2919
2920 // The first conversion is actually a user-defined conversion whose
2921 // first conversion is ObjectInit's standard conversion (which is
2922 // effectively a reference binding). Record it as such.
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002923 Candidate.Conversions[0].setUserDefined();
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002924 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before = ObjectInit.Standard;
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00002925 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002926 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002927 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002928 = Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before;
2929 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
2930
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002931 // Find the
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002932 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2933
2934 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2935 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2936 // list (8.3.5).
2937 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2938 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002939 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002940 return;
2941 }
2942
2943 // Function types don't have any default arguments, so just check if
2944 // we have enough arguments.
2945 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2946 // Not enough arguments.
2947 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002948 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002949 return;
2950 }
2951
2952 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2953 // arguments.
2954 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2955 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2956 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2957 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2958 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2959 // parameter of F.
2960 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002961 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
2962 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlsson03068aa2009-08-27 17:18:13 +00002963 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002964 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2965 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002966 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002967 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00002968 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002969 break;
2970 }
2971 } else {
2972 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2973 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2974 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002975 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].setEllipsis();
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002976 }
2977 }
2978}
2979
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002980// FIXME: This will eventually be removed, once we've migrated all of the
2981// operator overloading logic over to the scheme used by binary operators, which
2982// works for template instantiation.
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002983void Sema::AddOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Douglas Gregor94eabf32009-02-04 16:44:47 +00002984 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002985 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor94eabf32009-02-04 16:44:47 +00002986 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2987 SourceRange OpRange) {
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002988 UnresolvedSet<16> Fns;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002989
2990 QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType();
2991 QualType T2;
2992 if (NumArgs > 1)
2993 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
2994
2995 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00002996 if (S)
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002997 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(Op, S, T1, T2, Fns);
2998 AddFunctionCandidates(Fns, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet, false);
2999 AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(OpName, false, Args, NumArgs, 0,
3000 CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00003001 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet, OpRange);
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003002 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00003003}
3004
3005/// \brief Add overload candidates for overloaded operators that are
3006/// member functions.
3007///
3008/// Add the overloaded operator candidates that are member functions
3009/// for the operator Op that was used in an operator expression such
3010/// as "x Op y". , Args/NumArgs provides the operator arguments, and
3011/// CandidateSet will store the added overload candidates. (C++
3012/// [over.match.oper]).
3013void Sema::AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
3014 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3015 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3016 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
3017 SourceRange OpRange) {
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003018 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
3019
3020 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
3021 // For a unary operator @ with an operand of a type whose
3022 // cv-unqualified version is T1, and for a binary operator @ with
3023 // a left operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T1 and
3024 // a right operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T2,
3025 // three sets of candidate functions, designated member
3026 // candidates, non-member candidates and built-in candidates, are
3027 // constructed as follows:
3028 QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType();
3029 QualType T2;
3030 if (NumArgs > 1)
3031 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
3032
3033 // -- If T1 is a class type, the set of member candidates is the
3034 // result of the qualified lookup of T1::operator@
3035 // (13.3.1.1.1); otherwise, the set of member candidates is
3036 // empty.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003037 if (const RecordType *T1Rec = T1->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6a1f9652009-08-27 23:35:55 +00003038 // Complete the type if it can be completed. Otherwise, we're done.
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003039 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, T1, PDiag()))
Douglas Gregor6a1f9652009-08-27 23:35:55 +00003040 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003041
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00003042 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
3043 LookupQualifiedName(Operators, T1Rec->getDecl());
3044 Operators.suppressDiagnostics();
3045
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003046 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = Operators.begin(),
Douglas Gregor6a1f9652009-08-27 23:35:55 +00003047 OperEnd = Operators.end();
3048 Oper != OperEnd;
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00003049 ++Oper)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003050 AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Args[0]->getType(),
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00003051 Args + 1, NumArgs - 1, CandidateSet,
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00003052 /* SuppressUserConversions = */ false);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003053 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003054}
3055
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003056/// AddBuiltinCandidate - Add a candidate for a built-in
3057/// operator. ResultTy and ParamTys are the result and parameter types
3058/// of the built-in candidate, respectively. Args and NumArgs are the
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003059/// arguments being passed to the candidate. IsAssignmentOperator
3060/// should be true when this built-in candidate is an assignment
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003061/// operator. NumContextualBoolArguments is the number of arguments
3062/// (at the beginning of the argument list) that will be contextually
3063/// converted to bool.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003064void Sema::AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003065 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003066 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003067 bool IsAssignmentOperator,
3068 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments) {
Douglas Gregor27381f32009-11-23 12:27:39 +00003069 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
3070 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
3071
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003072 // Add this candidate
3073 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
3074 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00003075 Candidate.FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(0, AS_none);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003076 Candidate.Function = 0;
Douglas Gregor1d248c52008-12-12 02:00:36 +00003077 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003078 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003079 Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ResultTy = ResultTy;
3080 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
3081 Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[ArgIdx] = ParamTys[ArgIdx];
3082
3083 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
3084 // arguments.
3085 Candidate.Viable = true;
3086 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
3087 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003088 // C++ [over.match.oper]p4:
3089 // For the built-in assignment operators, conversions of the
3090 // left operand are restricted as follows:
3091 // -- no temporaries are introduced to hold the left operand, and
3092 // -- no user-defined conversions are applied to the left
3093 // operand to achieve a type match with the left-most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003094 // parameter of a built-in candidate.
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003095 //
3096 // We block these conversions by turning off user-defined
3097 // conversions, since that is the only way that initialization of
3098 // a reference to a non-class type can occur from something that
3099 // is not of the same type.
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003100 if (ArgIdx < NumContextualBoolArguments) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003101 assert(ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy &&
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003102 "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type");
3103 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx] = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Args[ArgIdx]);
3104 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003105 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
3106 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamTys[ArgIdx],
Anders Carlsson03068aa2009-08-27 17:18:13 +00003107 ArgIdx == 0 && IsAssignmentOperator,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00003108 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
3109 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003110 }
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00003111 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].isBad()) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003112 Candidate.Viable = false;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00003113 Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003114 break;
3115 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003116 }
3117}
3118
3119/// BuiltinCandidateTypeSet - A set of types that will be used for the
3120/// candidate operator functions for built-in operators (C++
3121/// [over.built]). The types are separated into pointer types and
3122/// enumeration types.
3123class BuiltinCandidateTypeSet {
3124 /// TypeSet - A set of types.
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003125 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> TypeSet;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003126
3127 /// PointerTypes - The set of pointer types that will be used in the
3128 /// built-in candidates.
3129 TypeSet PointerTypes;
3130
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003131 /// MemberPointerTypes - The set of member pointer types that will be
3132 /// used in the built-in candidates.
3133 TypeSet MemberPointerTypes;
3134
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003135 /// EnumerationTypes - The set of enumeration types that will be
3136 /// used in the built-in candidates.
3137 TypeSet EnumerationTypes;
3138
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003139 /// Sema - The semantic analysis instance where we are building the
3140 /// candidate type set.
3141 Sema &SemaRef;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003142
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003143 /// Context - The AST context in which we will build the type sets.
3144 ASTContext &Context;
3145
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003146 bool AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty,
3147 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals);
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003148 bool AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003149
3150public:
3151 /// iterator - Iterates through the types that are part of the set.
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003152 typedef TypeSet::iterator iterator;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003153
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003154 BuiltinCandidateTypeSet(Sema &SemaRef)
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003155 : SemaRef(SemaRef), Context(SemaRef.Context) { }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003156
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003157 void AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
3158 SourceLocation Loc,
3159 bool AllowUserConversions,
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003160 bool AllowExplicitConversions,
3161 const Qualifiers &VisibleTypeConversionsQuals);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003162
3163 /// pointer_begin - First pointer type found;
3164 iterator pointer_begin() { return PointerTypes.begin(); }
3165
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003166 /// pointer_end - Past the last pointer type found;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003167 iterator pointer_end() { return PointerTypes.end(); }
3168
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003169 /// member_pointer_begin - First member pointer type found;
3170 iterator member_pointer_begin() { return MemberPointerTypes.begin(); }
3171
3172 /// member_pointer_end - Past the last member pointer type found;
3173 iterator member_pointer_end() { return MemberPointerTypes.end(); }
3174
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003175 /// enumeration_begin - First enumeration type found;
3176 iterator enumeration_begin() { return EnumerationTypes.begin(); }
3177
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003178 /// enumeration_end - Past the last enumeration type found;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003179 iterator enumeration_end() { return EnumerationTypes.end(); }
3180};
3181
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003182/// AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty to
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003183/// the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
3184/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
3185/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
3186/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
3187/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
3188/// false otherwise.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003189///
3190/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003191bool
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003192BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty,
3193 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003194
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003195 // Insert this type.
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003196 if (!PointerTypes.insert(Ty))
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003197 return false;
3198
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003199 const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>();
3200 assert(PointerTy && "type was not a pointer type!");
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003201
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003202 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl4990a632009-11-18 20:39:26 +00003203 // Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed
3204 // (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the
3205 // only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int,
3206 // and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway.
3207 if (PointeeTy->isArrayType())
3208 return true;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003209 unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor4ef1d402009-11-09 22:08:55 +00003210 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array =Context.getAsConstantArrayType(PointeeTy))
Fariborz Jahanianfacfdd42009-11-09 21:02:05 +00003211 BaseCVR = Array->getElementType().getCVRQualifiers();
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003212 bool hasVolatile = VisibleQuals.hasVolatile();
3213 bool hasRestrict = VisibleQuals.hasRestrict();
3214
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003215 // Iterate through all strict supersets of BaseCVR.
3216 for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
3217 if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003218 // Skip over Volatile/Restrict if no Volatile/Restrict found anywhere
3219 // in the types.
3220 if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Volatile) && !hasVolatile) continue;
3221 if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Restrict) && !hasRestrict) continue;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003222 QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
3223 PointerTypes.insert(Context.getPointerType(QPointeeTy));
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003224 }
3225
3226 return true;
3227}
3228
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003229/// AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty
3230/// to the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
3231/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
3232/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
3233/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
3234/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
3235/// false otherwise.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003236///
3237/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003238bool
3239BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(
3240 QualType Ty) {
3241 // Insert this type.
3242 if (!MemberPointerTypes.insert(Ty))
3243 return false;
3244
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003245 const MemberPointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
3246 assert(PointerTy && "type was not a member pointer type!");
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003247
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003248 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl4990a632009-11-18 20:39:26 +00003249 // Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed
3250 // (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the
3251 // only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int,
3252 // and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway.
3253 if (PointeeTy->isArrayType())
3254 return true;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003255 const Type *ClassTy = PointerTy->getClass();
3256
3257 // Iterate through all strict supersets of the pointee type's CVR
3258 // qualifiers.
3259 unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
3260 for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
3261 if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
3262
3263 QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
3264 MemberPointerTypes.insert(Context.getMemberPointerType(QPointeeTy, ClassTy));
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003265 }
3266
3267 return true;
3268}
3269
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003270/// AddTypesConvertedFrom - Add each of the types to which the type @p
3271/// Ty can be implicit converted to the given set of @p Types. We're
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003272/// primarily interested in pointer types and enumeration types. We also
3273/// take member pointer types, for the conditional operator.
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003274/// AllowUserConversions is true if we should look at the conversion
3275/// functions of a class type, and AllowExplicitConversions if we
3276/// should also include the explicit conversion functions of a class
3277/// type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003278void
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003279BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003280 SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003281 bool AllowUserConversions,
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003282 bool AllowExplicitConversions,
3283 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003284 // Only deal with canonical types.
3285 Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty);
3286
3287 // Look through reference types; they aren't part of the type of an
3288 // expression for the purposes of conversions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003289 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Ty->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003290 Ty = RefTy->getPointeeType();
3291
3292 // We don't care about qualifiers on the type.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003293 Ty = Ty.getLocalUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003294
Sebastian Redl65ae2002009-11-05 16:36:20 +00003295 // If we're dealing with an array type, decay to the pointer.
3296 if (Ty->isArrayType())
3297 Ty = SemaRef.Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
3298
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003299 if (const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003300 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
3301
3302 // Insert our type, and its more-qualified variants, into the set
3303 // of types.
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003304 if (!AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty, VisibleQuals))
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003305 return;
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003306 } else if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
3307 // Member pointers are far easier, since the pointee can't be converted.
3308 if (!AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty))
3309 return;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003310 } else if (Ty->isEnumeralType()) {
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003311 EnumerationTypes.insert(Ty);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003312 } else if (AllowUserConversions) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003313 if (const RecordType *TyRec = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003314 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(Loc, Ty, 0)) {
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003315 // No conversion functions in incomplete types.
3316 return;
3317 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003318
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003319 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003320 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions
Fariborz Jahanianae01f782009-10-07 17:26:09 +00003321 = ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003322 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003323 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00003324 NamedDecl *D = I.getDecl();
3325 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3326 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003327
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003328 // Skip conversion function templates; they don't tell us anything
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003329 // about which builtin types we can convert to.
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00003330 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003331 continue;
3332
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00003333 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003334 if (AllowExplicitConversions || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003335 AddTypesConvertedFrom(Conv->getConversionType(), Loc, false, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003336 VisibleQuals);
3337 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003338 }
3339 }
3340 }
3341}
3342
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003343/// \brief Helper function for AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates() that adds
3344/// the volatile- and non-volatile-qualified assignment operators for the
3345/// given type to the candidate set.
3346static void AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(Sema &S,
3347 QualType T,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003348 Expr **Args,
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003349 unsigned NumArgs,
3350 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
3351 QualType ParamTypes[2];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003352
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003353 // T& operator=(T&, T)
3354 ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
3355 ParamTypes[1] = T;
3356 S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3357 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003358
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003359 if (!S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).isVolatileQualified()) {
3360 // volatile T& operator=(volatile T&, T)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003361 ParamTypes[0]
3362 = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getVolatileType(T));
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003363 ParamTypes[1] = T;
3364 S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003365 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003366 }
3367}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003368
Sebastian Redl1054fae2009-10-25 17:03:50 +00003369/// CollectVRQualifiers - This routine returns Volatile/Restrict qualifiers,
3370/// if any, found in visible type conversion functions found in ArgExpr's type.
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003371static Qualifiers CollectVRQualifiers(ASTContext &Context, Expr* ArgExpr) {
3372 Qualifiers VRQuals;
3373 const RecordType *TyRec;
3374 if (const MemberPointerType *RHSMPType =
3375 ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
3376 TyRec = cast<RecordType>(RHSMPType->getClass());
3377 else
3378 TyRec = ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
3379 if (!TyRec) {
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003380 // Just to be safe, assume the worst case.
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003381 VRQuals.addVolatile();
3382 VRQuals.addRestrict();
3383 return VRQuals;
3384 }
3385
3386 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00003387 if (!ClassDecl->hasDefinition())
3388 return VRQuals;
3389
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003390 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions =
Sebastian Redl1054fae2009-10-25 17:03:50 +00003391 ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003392
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003393 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003394 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCallda4458e2010-03-31 01:36:47 +00003395 NamedDecl *D = I.getDecl();
3396 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3397 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
3398 if (CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003399 QualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Conv->getConversionType());
3400 if (const ReferenceType *ResTypeRef = CanTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3401 CanTy = ResTypeRef->getPointeeType();
3402 // Need to go down the pointer/mempointer chain and add qualifiers
3403 // as see them.
3404 bool done = false;
3405 while (!done) {
3406 if (const PointerType *ResTypePtr = CanTy->getAs<PointerType>())
3407 CanTy = ResTypePtr->getPointeeType();
3408 else if (const MemberPointerType *ResTypeMPtr =
3409 CanTy->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
3410 CanTy = ResTypeMPtr->getPointeeType();
3411 else
3412 done = true;
3413 if (CanTy.isVolatileQualified())
3414 VRQuals.addVolatile();
3415 if (CanTy.isRestrictQualified())
3416 VRQuals.addRestrict();
3417 if (VRQuals.hasRestrict() && VRQuals.hasVolatile())
3418 return VRQuals;
3419 }
3420 }
3421 }
3422 return VRQuals;
3423}
3424
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003425/// AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates - Add the appropriate built-in
3426/// operator overloads to the candidate set (C++ [over.built]), based
3427/// on the operator @p Op and the arguments given. For example, if the
3428/// operator is a binary '+', this routine might add "int
3429/// operator+(int, int)" to cover integer addition.
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003430void
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003431Sema::AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003432 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003433 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3434 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003435 // The set of "promoted arithmetic types", which are the arithmetic
3436 // types are that preserved by promotion (C++ [over.built]p2). Note
3437 // that the first few of these types are the promoted integral
3438 // types; these types need to be first.
3439 // FIXME: What about complex?
3440 const unsigned FirstIntegralType = 0;
3441 const unsigned LastIntegralType = 13;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003442 const unsigned FirstPromotedIntegralType = 7,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003443 LastPromotedIntegralType = 13;
3444 const unsigned FirstPromotedArithmeticType = 7,
3445 LastPromotedArithmeticType = 16;
3446 const unsigned NumArithmeticTypes = 16;
3447 QualType ArithmeticTypes[NumArithmeticTypes] = {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003448 Context.BoolTy, Context.CharTy, Context.WCharTy,
3449// FIXME: Context.Char16Ty, Context.Char32Ty,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003450 Context.SignedCharTy, Context.ShortTy,
3451 Context.UnsignedCharTy, Context.UnsignedShortTy,
3452 Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy,
3453 Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy,
3454 Context.FloatTy, Context.DoubleTy, Context.LongDoubleTy
3455 };
Douglas Gregorb8440a72009-10-21 22:01:30 +00003456 assert(ArithmeticTypes[FirstPromotedIntegralType] == Context.IntTy &&
3457 "Invalid first promoted integral type");
3458 assert(ArithmeticTypes[LastPromotedIntegralType - 1]
3459 == Context.UnsignedLongLongTy &&
3460 "Invalid last promoted integral type");
3461 assert(ArithmeticTypes[FirstPromotedArithmeticType] == Context.IntTy &&
3462 "Invalid first promoted arithmetic type");
3463 assert(ArithmeticTypes[LastPromotedArithmeticType - 1]
3464 == Context.LongDoubleTy &&
3465 "Invalid last promoted arithmetic type");
3466
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003467 // Find all of the types that the arguments can convert to, but only
3468 // if the operator we're looking at has built-in operator candidates
3469 // that make use of these types.
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003470 Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals;
3471 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanianb9e8c422009-10-19 21:30:45 +00003472 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
3473 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals += CollectVRQualifiers(Context, Args[ArgIdx]);
3474
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003475 BuiltinCandidateTypeSet CandidateTypes(*this);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003476 if (Op == OO_Less || Op == OO_Greater || Op == OO_LessEqual ||
3477 Op == OO_GreaterEqual || Op == OO_EqualEqual || Op == OO_ExclaimEqual ||
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003478 Op == OO_Plus || (Op == OO_Minus && NumArgs == 2) || Op == OO_Equal ||
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003479 Op == OO_PlusEqual || Op == OO_MinusEqual || Op == OO_Subscript ||
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003480 Op == OO_ArrowStar || Op == OO_PlusPlus || Op == OO_MinusMinus ||
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003481 (Op == OO_Star && NumArgs == 1) || Op == OO_Conditional) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003482 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003483 CandidateTypes.AddTypesConvertedFrom(Args[ArgIdx]->getType(),
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003484 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003485 true,
3486 (Op == OO_Exclaim ||
3487 Op == OO_AmpAmp ||
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003488 Op == OO_PipePipe),
3489 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003490 }
3491
3492 bool isComparison = false;
3493 switch (Op) {
3494 case OO_None:
3495 case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS:
3496 assert(false && "Expected an overloaded operator");
3497 break;
3498
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003499 case OO_Star: // '*' is either unary or binary
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003500 if (NumArgs == 1)
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003501 goto UnaryStar;
3502 else
3503 goto BinaryStar;
3504 break;
3505
3506 case OO_Plus: // '+' is either unary or binary
3507 if (NumArgs == 1)
3508 goto UnaryPlus;
3509 else
3510 goto BinaryPlus;
3511 break;
3512
3513 case OO_Minus: // '-' is either unary or binary
3514 if (NumArgs == 1)
3515 goto UnaryMinus;
3516 else
3517 goto BinaryMinus;
3518 break;
3519
3520 case OO_Amp: // '&' is either unary or binary
3521 if (NumArgs == 1)
3522 goto UnaryAmp;
3523 else
3524 goto BinaryAmp;
3525
3526 case OO_PlusPlus:
3527 case OO_MinusMinus:
3528 // C++ [over.built]p3:
3529 //
3530 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type, and VQ
3531 // is either volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator
3532 // functions of the form
3533 //
3534 // VQ T& operator++(VQ T&);
3535 // T operator++(VQ T&, int);
3536 //
3537 // C++ [over.built]p4:
3538 //
3539 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type other
3540 // than bool, and VQ is either volatile or empty, there exist
3541 // candidate operator functions of the form
3542 //
3543 // VQ T& operator--(VQ T&);
3544 // T operator--(VQ T&, int);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003545 for (unsigned Arith = (Op == OO_PlusPlus? 0 : 1);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003546 Arith < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Arith) {
3547 QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003548 QualType ParamTypes[2]
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003549 = { Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithTy), Context.IntTy };
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003550
3551 // Non-volatile version.
3552 if (NumArgs == 1)
3553 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3554 else
3555 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003556 // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set.
3557 // Add volatile version only if there are conversions to a volatile type.
3558 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
3559 // Volatile version
3560 ParamTypes[0]
3561 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(ArithTy));
3562 if (NumArgs == 1)
3563 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3564 else
3565 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3566 }
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003567 }
3568
3569 // C++ [over.built]p5:
3570 //
3571 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
3572 // cv-unqualified object type, and VQ is either volatile or
3573 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3574 //
3575 // T*VQ& operator++(T*VQ&);
3576 // T*VQ& operator--(T*VQ&);
3577 // T* operator++(T*VQ&, int);
3578 // T* operator--(T*VQ&, int);
3579 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3580 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3581 // Skip pointer types that aren't pointers to object types.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003582 if (!(*Ptr)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isObjectType())
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003583 continue;
3584
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003585 QualType ParamTypes[2] = {
3586 Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr), Context.IntTy
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003587 };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003588
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003589 // Without volatile
3590 if (NumArgs == 1)
3591 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3592 else
3593 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3594
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003595 if (!Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
3596 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003597 // With volatile
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003598 ParamTypes[0]
3599 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003600 if (NumArgs == 1)
3601 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3602 else
3603 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3604 }
3605 }
3606 break;
3607
3608 UnaryStar:
3609 // C++ [over.built]p6:
3610 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T, there
3611 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3612 //
3613 // T& operator*(T*);
3614 //
3615 // C++ [over.built]p7:
3616 // For every function type T, there exist candidate operator
3617 // functions of the form
3618 // T& operator*(T*);
3619 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3620 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3621 QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003622 QualType PointeeTy = ParamTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003623 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeTy),
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003624 &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3625 }
3626 break;
3627
3628 UnaryPlus:
3629 // C++ [over.built]p8:
3630 // For every type T, there exist candidate operator functions of
3631 // the form
3632 //
3633 // T* operator+(T*);
3634 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3635 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3636 QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
3637 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3638 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003639
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003640 // Fall through
3641
3642 UnaryMinus:
3643 // C++ [over.built]p9:
3644 // For every promoted arithmetic type T, there exist candidate
3645 // operator functions of the form
3646 //
3647 // T operator+(T);
3648 // T operator-(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003649 for (unsigned Arith = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003650 Arith < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Arith) {
3651 QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith];
3652 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, &ArithTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3653 }
3654 break;
3655
3656 case OO_Tilde:
3657 // C++ [over.built]p10:
3658 // For every promoted integral type T, there exist candidate
3659 // operator functions of the form
3660 //
3661 // T operator~(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003662 for (unsigned Int = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003663 Int < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Int) {
3664 QualType IntTy = ArithmeticTypes[Int];
3665 AddBuiltinCandidate(IntTy, &IntTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3666 }
3667 break;
3668
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003669 case OO_New:
3670 case OO_Delete:
3671 case OO_Array_New:
3672 case OO_Array_Delete:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003673 case OO_Call:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003674 assert(false && "Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates");
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003675 break;
3676
3677 case OO_Comma:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003678 UnaryAmp:
3679 case OO_Arrow:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003680 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
3681 // -- For the operator ',', the unary operator '&', or the
3682 // operator '->', the built-in candidates set is empty.
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003683 break;
3684
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003685 case OO_EqualEqual:
3686 case OO_ExclaimEqual:
3687 // C++ [over.match.oper]p16:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003688 // For every pointer to member type T, there exist candidate operator
3689 // functions of the form
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003690 //
3691 // bool operator==(T,T);
3692 // bool operator!=(T,T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003693 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003694 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3695 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
3696 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd;
3697 ++MemPtr) {
3698 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *MemPtr, *MemPtr };
3699 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3700 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003701
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003702 // Fall through
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003703
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003704 case OO_Less:
3705 case OO_Greater:
3706 case OO_LessEqual:
3707 case OO_GreaterEqual:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003708 // C++ [over.built]p15:
3709 //
3710 // For every pointer or enumeration type T, there exist
3711 // candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003712 //
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003713 // bool operator<(T, T);
3714 // bool operator>(T, T);
3715 // bool operator<=(T, T);
3716 // bool operator>=(T, T);
3717 // bool operator==(T, T);
3718 // bool operator!=(T, T);
3719 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3720 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3721 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
3722 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3723 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003724 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Enum
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003725 = CandidateTypes.enumeration_begin();
3726 Enum != CandidateTypes.enumeration_end(); ++Enum) {
3727 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Enum, *Enum };
3728 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3729 }
3730
3731 // Fall through.
3732 isComparison = true;
3733
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003734 BinaryPlus:
3735 BinaryMinus:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003736 if (!isComparison) {
3737 // We didn't fall through, so we must have OO_Plus or OO_Minus.
3738
3739 // C++ [over.built]p13:
3740 //
3741 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T
3742 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003743 //
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003744 // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t);
3745 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t); [BELOW]
3746 // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t);
3747 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
3748 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*); [BELOW]
3749 //
3750 // C++ [over.built]p14:
3751 //
3752 // For every T, where T is a pointer to object type, there
3753 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3754 //
3755 // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003756 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003757 = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3758 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3759 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, Context.getPointerDiffType() };
3760
3761 // operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t) or operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t)
3762 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3763
3764 if (Op == OO_Plus) {
3765 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
3766 ParamTypes[0] = ParamTypes[1];
3767 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
3768 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3769 } else {
3770 // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
3771 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
3772 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.getPointerDiffType(), ParamTypes,
3773 Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3774 }
3775 }
3776 }
3777 // Fall through
3778
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003779 case OO_Slash:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003780 BinaryStar:
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003781 Conditional:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003782 // C++ [over.built]p12:
3783 //
3784 // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there
3785 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3786 //
3787 // LR operator*(L, R);
3788 // LR operator/(L, R);
3789 // LR operator+(L, R);
3790 // LR operator-(L, R);
3791 // bool operator<(L, R);
3792 // bool operator>(L, R);
3793 // bool operator<=(L, R);
3794 // bool operator>=(L, R);
3795 // bool operator==(L, R);
3796 // bool operator!=(L, R);
3797 //
3798 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3799 // between types L and R.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003800 //
3801 // C++ [over.built]p24:
3802 //
3803 // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there exist
3804 // candidate operator functions of the form
3805 //
3806 // LR operator?(bool, L, R);
3807 //
3808 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3809 // between types L and R.
3810 // Our candidates ignore the first parameter.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003811 for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003812 Left < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003813 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003814 Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
3815 QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], ArithmeticTypes[Right] };
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003816 QualType Result
3817 = isComparison
3818 ? Context.BoolTy
3819 : Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(LandR[0], LandR[1]);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003820 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3821 }
3822 }
3823 break;
3824
3825 case OO_Percent:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003826 BinaryAmp:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003827 case OO_Caret:
3828 case OO_Pipe:
3829 case OO_LessLess:
3830 case OO_GreaterGreater:
3831 // C++ [over.built]p17:
3832 //
3833 // For every pair of promoted integral types L and R, there
3834 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3835 //
3836 // LR operator%(L, R);
3837 // LR operator&(L, R);
3838 // LR operator^(L, R);
3839 // LR operator|(L, R);
3840 // L operator<<(L, R);
3841 // L operator>>(L, R);
3842 //
3843 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3844 // between types L and R.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003845 for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003846 Left < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003847 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003848 Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
3849 QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], ArithmeticTypes[Right] };
3850 QualType Result = (Op == OO_LessLess || Op == OO_GreaterGreater)
3851 ? LandR[0]
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003852 : Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(LandR[0], LandR[1]);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003853 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3854 }
3855 }
3856 break;
3857
3858 case OO_Equal:
3859 // C++ [over.built]p20:
3860 //
3861 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an enumeration or
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003862 // pointer to member type and VQ is either volatile or
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003863 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3864 //
3865 // VQ T& operator=(VQ T&, T);
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003866 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
3867 Enum = CandidateTypes.enumeration_begin(),
3868 EnumEnd = CandidateTypes.enumeration_end();
3869 Enum != EnumEnd; ++Enum)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003870 AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(*this, *Enum, Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003871 CandidateSet);
3872 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
3873 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3874 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
3875 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003876 AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(*this, *MemPtr, Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003877 CandidateSet);
3878 // Fall through.
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003879
3880 case OO_PlusEqual:
3881 case OO_MinusEqual:
3882 // C++ [over.built]p19:
3883 //
3884 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is any type and VQ is either
3885 // volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator functions
3886 // of the form
3887 //
3888 // T*VQ& operator=(T*VQ&, T*);
3889 //
3890 // C++ [over.built]p21:
3891 //
3892 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
3893 // cv-unqualified object type and VQ is either volatile or
3894 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3895 //
3896 // T*VQ& operator+=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
3897 // T*VQ& operator-=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
3898 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3899 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3900 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3901 ParamTypes[1] = (Op == OO_Equal)? *Ptr : Context.getPointerDiffType();
3902
3903 // non-volatile version
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003904 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr);
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003905 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3906 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003907
Fariborz Jahanianb9e8c422009-10-19 21:30:45 +00003908 if (!Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
3909 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003910 // volatile version
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003911 ParamTypes[0]
3912 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003913 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3914 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003915 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003916 }
3917 // Fall through.
3918
3919 case OO_StarEqual:
3920 case OO_SlashEqual:
3921 // C++ [over.built]p18:
3922 //
3923 // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an arithmetic type,
3924 // VQ is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted
3925 // arithmetic type, there exist candidate operator functions of
3926 // the form
3927 //
3928 // VQ L& operator=(VQ L&, R);
3929 // VQ L& operator*=(VQ L&, R);
3930 // VQ L& operator/=(VQ L&, R);
3931 // VQ L& operator+=(VQ L&, R);
3932 // VQ L& operator-=(VQ L&, R);
3933 for (unsigned Left = 0; Left < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003934 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003935 Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
3936 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3937 ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right];
3938
3939 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003940 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003941 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3942 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003943
3944 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
Fariborz Jahanianb9e8c422009-10-19 21:30:45 +00003945 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
3946 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getVolatileType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
3947 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
3948 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3949 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
3950 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003951 }
3952 }
3953 break;
3954
3955 case OO_PercentEqual:
3956 case OO_LessLessEqual:
3957 case OO_GreaterGreaterEqual:
3958 case OO_AmpEqual:
3959 case OO_CaretEqual:
3960 case OO_PipeEqual:
3961 // C++ [over.built]p22:
3962 //
3963 // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an integral type, VQ
3964 // is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted integral
3965 // type, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3966 //
3967 // VQ L& operator%=(VQ L&, R);
3968 // VQ L& operator<<=(VQ L&, R);
3969 // VQ L& operator>>=(VQ L&, R);
3970 // VQ L& operator&=(VQ L&, R);
3971 // VQ L& operator^=(VQ L&, R);
3972 // VQ L& operator|=(VQ L&, R);
3973 for (unsigned Left = FirstIntegralType; Left < LastIntegralType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003974 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003975 Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
3976 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3977 ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right];
3978
3979 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003980 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003981 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahaniana4a93342009-10-20 00:04:40 +00003982 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
3983 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
3984 ParamTypes[0] = ArithmeticTypes[Left];
3985 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getVolatileType(ParamTypes[0]);
3986 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
3987 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3988 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003989 }
3990 }
3991 break;
3992
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003993 case OO_Exclaim: {
3994 // C++ [over.operator]p23:
3995 //
3996 // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
3997 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003998 // bool operator!(bool);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003999 // bool operator&&(bool, bool); [BELOW]
4000 // bool operator||(bool, bool); [BELOW]
4001 QualType ParamTy = Context.BoolTy;
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00004002 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet,
4003 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
4004 /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/1);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004005 break;
4006 }
4007
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004008 case OO_AmpAmp:
4009 case OO_PipePipe: {
4010 // C++ [over.operator]p23:
4011 //
4012 // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
4013 //
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004014 // bool operator!(bool); [ABOVE]
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004015 // bool operator&&(bool, bool);
4016 // bool operator||(bool, bool);
4017 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { Context.BoolTy, Context.BoolTy };
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00004018 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
4019 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
4020 /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/2);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004021 break;
4022 }
4023
4024 case OO_Subscript:
4025 // C++ [over.built]p13:
4026 //
4027 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T there
4028 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004029 //
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004030 // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
4031 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t);
4032 // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
4033 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); [ABOVE]
4034 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
4035 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4036 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4037 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, Context.getPointerDiffType() };
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004038 QualType PointeeType = (*Ptr)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004039 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeType);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004040
4041 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t)
4042 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4043
4044 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
4045 ParamTypes[0] = ParamTypes[1];
4046 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
4047 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4048 }
4049 break;
4050
4051 case OO_ArrowStar:
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004052 // C++ [over.built]p11:
4053 // For every quintuple (C1, C2, T, CV1, CV2), where C2 is a class type,
4054 // C1 is the same type as C2 or is a derived class of C2, T is an object
4055 // type or a function type, and CV1 and CV2 are cv-qualifier-seqs,
4056 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4057 // CV12 T& operator->*(CV1 C1*, CV2 T C2::*);
4058 // where CV12 is the union of CV1 and CV2.
4059 {
4060 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr =
4061 CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
4062 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
4063 QualType C1Ty = (*Ptr);
4064 QualType C1;
Fariborz Jahanian4dc12462009-10-09 16:34:40 +00004065 QualifierCollector Q1;
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004066 if (const PointerType *PointerTy = C1Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4dc12462009-10-09 16:34:40 +00004067 C1 = QualType(Q1.strip(PointerTy->getPointeeType()), 0);
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004068 if (!isa<RecordType>(C1))
4069 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00004070 // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set.
4071 // Add volatile/restrict version only if there are conversions to a
4072 // volatile/restrict type.
4073 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() && Q1.hasVolatile())
4074 continue;
4075 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() && Q1.hasRestrict())
4076 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004077 }
4078 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
4079 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
4080 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
4081 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr) {
4082 const MemberPointerType *mptr = cast<MemberPointerType>(*MemPtr);
4083 QualType C2 = QualType(mptr->getClass(), 0);
Fariborz Jahanian12df37c2009-10-07 16:56:50 +00004084 C2 = C2.getUnqualifiedType();
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004085 if (C1 != C2 && !IsDerivedFrom(C1, C2))
4086 break;
4087 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *MemPtr };
4088 // build CV12 T&
4089 QualType T = mptr->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00004090 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() &&
4091 T.isVolatileQualified())
4092 continue;
4093 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() &&
4094 T.isRestrictQualified())
4095 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian4dc12462009-10-09 16:34:40 +00004096 T = Q1.apply(T);
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004097 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
4098 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4099 }
4100 }
4101 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004102 break;
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004103
4104 case OO_Conditional:
4105 // Note that we don't consider the first argument, since it has been
4106 // contextually converted to bool long ago. The candidates below are
4107 // therefore added as binary.
4108 //
4109 // C++ [over.built]p24:
4110 // For every type T, where T is a pointer or pointer-to-member type,
4111 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4112 //
4113 // T operator?(bool, T, T);
4114 //
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004115 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin(),
4116 E = CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); Ptr != E; ++Ptr) {
4117 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
4118 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4119 }
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00004120 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr =
4121 CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
4122 E = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end(); Ptr != E; ++Ptr) {
4123 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
4124 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4125 }
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004126 goto Conditional;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004127 }
4128}
4129
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004130/// \brief Add function candidates found via argument-dependent lookup
4131/// to the set of overloading candidates.
4132///
4133/// This routine performs argument-dependent name lookup based on the
4134/// given function name (which may also be an operator name) and adds
4135/// all of the overload candidates found by ADL to the overload
4136/// candidate set (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004137void
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004138Sema::AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00004139 bool Operator,
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004140 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004141 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004142 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
4143 bool PartialOverloading) {
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00004144 ADLResult Fns;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004145
John McCall91f61fc2010-01-26 06:04:06 +00004146 // FIXME: This approach for uniquing ADL results (and removing
4147 // redundant candidates from the set) relies on pointer-equality,
4148 // which means we need to key off the canonical decl. However,
4149 // always going back to the canonical decl might not get us the
4150 // right set of default arguments. What default arguments are
4151 // we supposed to consider on ADL candidates, anyway?
4152
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004153 // FIXME: Pass in the explicit template arguments?
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00004154 ArgumentDependentLookup(Name, Operator, Args, NumArgs, Fns);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004155
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004156 // Erase all of the candidates we already knew about.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004157 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
4158 CandEnd = CandidateSet.end();
4159 Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand)
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004160 if (Cand->Function) {
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00004161 Fns.erase(Cand->Function);
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004162 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00004163 Fns.erase(FunTmpl);
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004164 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004165
4166 // For each of the ADL candidates we found, add it to the overload
4167 // set.
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00004168 for (ADLResult::iterator I = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00004169 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(*I, AS_none);
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00004170 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*I)) {
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004171 if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004172 continue;
4173
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00004174 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, FoundDecl, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004175 false, false, PartialOverloading);
4176 } else
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00004177 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*I),
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00004178 FoundDecl, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00004179 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004180 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004181}
4182
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004183/// isBetterOverloadCandidate - Determines whether the first overload
4184/// candidate is a better candidate than the second (C++ 13.3.3p1).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004185bool
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004186Sema::isBetterOverloadCandidate(const OverloadCandidate& Cand1,
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00004187 const OverloadCandidate& Cand2,
4188 SourceLocation Loc) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004189 // Define viable functions to be better candidates than non-viable
4190 // functions.
4191 if (!Cand2.Viable)
4192 return Cand1.Viable;
4193 else if (!Cand1.Viable)
4194 return false;
4195
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004196 // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
4197 //
4198 // -- if F is a static member function, ICS1(F) is defined such
4199 // that ICS1(F) is neither better nor worse than ICS1(G) for
4200 // any function G, and, symmetrically, ICS1(G) is neither
4201 // better nor worse than ICS1(F).
4202 unsigned StartArg = 0;
4203 if (Cand1.IgnoreObjectArgument || Cand2.IgnoreObjectArgument)
4204 StartArg = 1;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004205
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004206 // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004207 // A viable function F1 is defined to be a better function than another
4208 // viable function F2 if for all arguments i, ICSi(F1) is not a worse
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004209 // conversion sequence than ICSi(F2), and then...
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004210 unsigned NumArgs = Cand1.Conversions.size();
4211 assert(Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && "Overload candidate mismatch");
4212 bool HasBetterConversion = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004213 for (unsigned ArgIdx = StartArg; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004214 switch (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(Cand1.Conversions[ArgIdx],
4215 Cand2.Conversions[ArgIdx])) {
4216 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
4217 // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
4218 HasBetterConversion = true;
4219 break;
4220
4221 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
4222 // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
4223 return false;
4224
4225 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
4226 // Do nothing.
4227 break;
4228 }
4229 }
4230
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004231 // -- for some argument j, ICSj(F1) is a better conversion sequence than
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004232 // ICSj(F2), or, if not that,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004233 if (HasBetterConversion)
4234 return true;
4235
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004236 // - F1 is a non-template function and F2 is a function template
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004237 // specialization, or, if not that,
4238 if (Cand1.Function && !Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
4239 Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
4240 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004241
4242 // -- F1 and F2 are function template specializations, and the function
4243 // template for F1 is more specialized than the template for F2
4244 // according to the partial ordering rules described in 14.5.5.2, or,
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004245 // if not that,
Douglas Gregor55137cb2009-08-02 23:46:29 +00004246 if (Cand1.Function && Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
4247 Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004248 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *BetterTemplate
4249 = getMoreSpecializedTemplate(Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
4250 Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00004251 Loc,
Douglas Gregor6010da02009-09-14 23:02:14 +00004252 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function)? TPOC_Conversion
4253 : TPOC_Call))
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004254 return BetterTemplate == Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004255
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00004256 // -- the context is an initialization by user-defined conversion
4257 // (see 8.5, 13.3.1.5) and the standard conversion sequence
4258 // from the return type of F1 to the destination type (i.e.,
4259 // the type of the entity being initialized) is a better
4260 // conversion sequence than the standard conversion sequence
4261 // from the return type of F2 to the destination type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004262 if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function &&
4263 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function) &&
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00004264 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand2.Function)) {
4265 switch (CompareStandardConversionSequences(Cand1.FinalConversion,
4266 Cand2.FinalConversion)) {
4267 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
4268 // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
4269 return true;
4270
4271 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
4272 // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
4273 return false;
4274
4275 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
4276 // Do nothing
4277 break;
4278 }
4279 }
4280
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004281 return false;
4282}
4283
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004284/// \brief Computes the best viable function (C++ 13.3.3)
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004285/// within an overload candidate set.
4286///
4287/// \param CandidateSet the set of candidate functions.
4288///
4289/// \param Loc the location of the function name (or operator symbol) for
4290/// which overload resolution occurs.
4291///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004292/// \param Best f overload resolution was successful or found a deleted
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004293/// function, Best points to the candidate function found.
4294///
4295/// \returns The result of overload resolution.
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00004296OverloadingResult Sema::BestViableFunction(OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
4297 SourceLocation Loc,
4298 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator& Best) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004299 // Find the best viable function.
4300 Best = CandidateSet.end();
4301 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
4302 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) {
4303 if (Cand->Viable) {
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00004304 if (Best == CandidateSet.end() ||
4305 isBetterOverloadCandidate(*Cand, *Best, Loc))
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004306 Best = Cand;
4307 }
4308 }
4309
4310 // If we didn't find any viable functions, abort.
4311 if (Best == CandidateSet.end())
4312 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
4313
4314 // Make sure that this function is better than every other viable
4315 // function. If not, we have an ambiguity.
4316 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
4317 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004318 if (Cand->Viable &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004319 Cand != Best &&
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00004320 !isBetterOverloadCandidate(*Best, *Cand, Loc)) {
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004321 Best = CandidateSet.end();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004322 return OR_Ambiguous;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004323 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004324 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004325
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004326 // Best is the best viable function.
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004327 if (Best->Function &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004328 (Best->Function->isDeleted() ||
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004329 Best->Function->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004330 return OR_Deleted;
4331
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004332 // C++ [basic.def.odr]p2:
4333 // An overloaded function is used if it is selected by overload resolution
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004334 // when referred to from a potentially-evaluated expression. [Note: this
4335 // covers calls to named functions (5.2.2), operator overloading
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004336 // (clause 13), user-defined conversions (12.3.2), allocation function for
4337 // placement new (5.3.4), as well as non-default initialization (8.5).
4338 if (Best->Function)
4339 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, Best->Function);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004340 return OR_Success;
4341}
4342
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004343namespace {
4344
4345enum OverloadCandidateKind {
4346 oc_function,
4347 oc_method,
4348 oc_constructor,
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004349 oc_function_template,
4350 oc_method_template,
4351 oc_constructor_template,
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004352 oc_implicit_default_constructor,
4353 oc_implicit_copy_constructor,
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004354 oc_implicit_copy_assignment
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004355};
4356
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004357OverloadCandidateKind ClassifyOverloadCandidate(Sema &S,
4358 FunctionDecl *Fn,
4359 std::string &Description) {
4360 bool isTemplate = false;
4361
4362 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Fn->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
4363 isTemplate = true;
4364 Description = S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(
4365 FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters(), *Fn->getTemplateSpecializationArgs());
4366 }
John McCallfd0b2f82010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004367
4368 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)) {
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004369 if (!Ctor->isImplicit())
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004370 return isTemplate ? oc_constructor_template : oc_constructor;
John McCallfd0b2f82010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004371
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004372 return Ctor->isCopyConstructor() ? oc_implicit_copy_constructor
4373 : oc_implicit_default_constructor;
John McCallfd0b2f82010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004374 }
4375
4376 if (CXXMethodDecl *Meth = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
4377 // This actually gets spelled 'candidate function' for now, but
4378 // it doesn't hurt to split it out.
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004379 if (!Meth->isImplicit())
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004380 return isTemplate ? oc_method_template : oc_method;
John McCallfd0b2f82010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004381
4382 assert(Meth->isCopyAssignment()
4383 && "implicit method is not copy assignment operator?");
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004384 return oc_implicit_copy_assignment;
4385 }
4386
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004387 return isTemplate ? oc_function_template : oc_function;
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004388}
4389
4390} // end anonymous namespace
4391
4392// Notes the location of an overload candidate.
4393void Sema::NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn) {
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004394 std::string FnDesc;
4395 OverloadCandidateKind K = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(*this, Fn, FnDesc);
4396 Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate)
4397 << (unsigned) K << FnDesc;
John McCallfd0b2f82010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004398}
4399
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00004400/// Diagnoses an ambiguous conversion. The partial diagnostic is the
4401/// "lead" diagnostic; it will be given two arguments, the source and
4402/// target types of the conversion.
4403void Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
4404 SourceLocation CaretLoc,
4405 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag) {
4406 Diag(CaretLoc, PDiag)
4407 << ICS.Ambiguous.getFromType() << ICS.Ambiguous.getToType();
4408 for (AmbiguousConversionSequence::const_iterator
4409 I = ICS.Ambiguous.begin(), E = ICS.Ambiguous.end(); I != E; ++I) {
4410 NoteOverloadCandidate(*I);
4411 }
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004412}
4413
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00004414namespace {
4415
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004416void DiagnoseBadConversion(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, unsigned I) {
4417 const ImplicitConversionSequence &Conv = Cand->Conversions[I];
4418 assert(Conv.isBad());
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004419 assert(Cand->Function && "for now, candidate must be a function");
4420 FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function;
4421
4422 // There's a conversion slot for the object argument if this is a
4423 // non-constructor method. Note that 'I' corresponds the
4424 // conversion-slot index.
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004425 bool isObjectArgument = false;
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004426 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn) && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)) {
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004427 if (I == 0)
4428 isObjectArgument = true;
4429 else
4430 I--;
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004431 }
4432
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004433 std::string FnDesc;
4434 OverloadCandidateKind FnKind = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Fn, FnDesc);
4435
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004436 Expr *FromExpr = Conv.Bad.FromExpr;
4437 QualType FromTy = Conv.Bad.getFromType();
4438 QualType ToTy = Conv.Bad.getToType();
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004439
John McCallfb7ad0f2010-02-02 02:42:52 +00004440 if (FromTy == S.Context.OverloadTy) {
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00004441 assert(FromExpr && "overload set argument came from implicit argument?");
John McCallfb7ad0f2010-02-02 02:42:52 +00004442 Expr *E = FromExpr->IgnoreParens();
4443 if (isa<UnaryOperator>(E))
4444 E = cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00004445 DeclarationName Name = cast<OverloadExpr>(E)->getName();
John McCallfb7ad0f2010-02-02 02:42:52 +00004446
4447 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_overload)
4448 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
4449 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
4450 << ToTy << Name << I+1;
4451 return;
4452 }
4453
John McCall6d174642010-01-23 08:10:49 +00004454 // Do some hand-waving analysis to see if the non-viability is due
4455 // to a qualifier mismatch.
John McCall47000992010-01-14 03:28:57 +00004456 CanQualType CFromTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromTy);
4457 CanQualType CToTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToTy);
4458 if (CanQual<ReferenceType> RT = CToTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
4459 CToTy = RT->getPointeeType();
4460 else {
4461 // TODO: detect and diagnose the full richness of const mismatches.
4462 if (CanQual<PointerType> FromPT = CFromTy->getAs<PointerType>())
4463 if (CanQual<PointerType> ToPT = CToTy->getAs<PointerType>())
4464 CFromTy = FromPT->getPointeeType(), CToTy = ToPT->getPointeeType();
4465 }
4466
4467 if (CToTy.getUnqualifiedType() == CFromTy.getUnqualifiedType() &&
4468 !CToTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(CFromTy)) {
4469 // It is dumb that we have to do this here.
4470 while (isa<ArrayType>(CFromTy))
4471 CFromTy = CFromTy->getAs<ArrayType>()->getElementType();
4472 while (isa<ArrayType>(CToTy))
4473 CToTy = CFromTy->getAs<ArrayType>()->getElementType();
4474
4475 Qualifiers FromQs = CFromTy.getQualifiers();
4476 Qualifiers ToQs = CToTy.getQualifiers();
4477
4478 if (FromQs.getAddressSpace() != ToQs.getAddressSpace()) {
4479 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_addrspace)
4480 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
4481 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
4482 << FromTy
4483 << FromQs.getAddressSpace() << ToQs.getAddressSpace()
4484 << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1;
4485 return;
4486 }
4487
4488 unsigned CVR = FromQs.getCVRQualifiers() & ~ToQs.getCVRQualifiers();
4489 assert(CVR && "unexpected qualifiers mismatch");
4490
4491 if (isObjectArgument) {
4492 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_cvr_this)
4493 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
4494 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
4495 << FromTy << (CVR - 1);
4496 } else {
4497 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_cvr)
4498 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
4499 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
4500 << FromTy << (CVR - 1) << I+1;
4501 }
4502 return;
4503 }
4504
John McCall6d174642010-01-23 08:10:49 +00004505 // Diagnose references or pointers to incomplete types differently,
4506 // since it's far from impossible that the incompleteness triggered
4507 // the failure.
4508 QualType TempFromTy = FromTy.getNonReferenceType();
4509 if (const PointerType *PTy = TempFromTy->getAs<PointerType>())
4510 TempFromTy = PTy->getPointeeType();
4511 if (TempFromTy->isIncompleteType()) {
4512 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_conv_incomplete)
4513 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
4514 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
4515 << FromTy << ToTy << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1;
4516 return;
4517 }
4518
John McCall47000992010-01-14 03:28:57 +00004519 // TODO: specialize more based on the kind of mismatch
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004520 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_conv)
4521 << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004522 << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
John McCalla1709fd2010-01-14 00:56:20 +00004523 << FromTy << ToTy << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1;
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004524}
4525
4526void DiagnoseArityMismatch(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
4527 unsigned NumFormalArgs) {
4528 // TODO: treat calls to a missing default constructor as a special case
4529
4530 FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function;
4531 const FunctionProtoType *FnTy = Fn->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4532
4533 unsigned MinParams = Fn->getMinRequiredArguments();
4534
4535 // at least / at most / exactly
4536 unsigned mode, modeCount;
4537 if (NumFormalArgs < MinParams) {
4538 assert(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments);
4539 if (MinParams != FnTy->getNumArgs() || FnTy->isVariadic())
4540 mode = 0; // "at least"
4541 else
4542 mode = 2; // "exactly"
4543 modeCount = MinParams;
4544 } else {
4545 assert(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments);
4546 if (MinParams != FnTy->getNumArgs())
4547 mode = 1; // "at most"
4548 else
4549 mode = 2; // "exactly"
4550 modeCount = FnTy->getNumArgs();
4551 }
4552
4553 std::string Description;
4554 OverloadCandidateKind FnKind = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Fn, Description);
4555
4556 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_arity)
4557 << (unsigned) FnKind << Description << mode << modeCount << NumFormalArgs;
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004558}
4559
John McCall8b9ed552010-02-01 18:53:26 +00004560/// Diagnose a failed template-argument deduction.
4561void DiagnoseBadDeduction(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
4562 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
4563 FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function; // pattern
4564
4565 TemplateParameter Param = TemplateParameter::getFromOpaqueValue(
4566 Cand->DeductionFailure.TemplateParameter);
4567
4568 switch (Cand->DeductionFailure.Result) {
4569 case Sema::TDK_Success:
4570 llvm_unreachable("TDK_success while diagnosing bad deduction");
4571
4572 case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: {
4573 NamedDecl *ParamD;
4574 (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl*>()) ||
4575 (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl*>()) ||
4576 (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl*>());
4577 assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for incomplete deduction result");
4578 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_incomplete_deduction)
4579 << ParamD->getDeclName();
4580 return;
4581 }
4582
4583 // TODO: diagnose these individually, then kill off
4584 // note_ovl_candidate_bad_deduction, which is uselessly vague.
4585 case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
4586 case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent:
4587 case Sema::TDK_InconsistentQuals:
4588 case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure:
4589 case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch:
4590 case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
4591 case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
4592 case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
4593 case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
4594 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_deduction);
4595 return;
4596 }
4597}
4598
4599/// Generates a 'note' diagnostic for an overload candidate. We've
4600/// already generated a primary error at the call site.
4601///
4602/// It really does need to be a single diagnostic with its caret
4603/// pointed at the candidate declaration. Yes, this creates some
4604/// major challenges of technical writing. Yes, this makes pointing
4605/// out problems with specific arguments quite awkward. It's still
4606/// better than generating twenty screens of text for every failed
4607/// overload.
4608///
4609/// It would be great to be able to express per-candidate problems
4610/// more richly for those diagnostic clients that cared, but we'd
4611/// still have to be just as careful with the default diagnostics.
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004612void NoteFunctionCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
4613 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004614 FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function;
4615
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004616 // Note deleted candidates, but only if they're viable.
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004617 if (Cand->Viable && (Fn->isDeleted() || Fn->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())) {
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004618 std::string FnDesc;
4619 OverloadCandidateKind FnKind = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Fn, FnDesc);
John McCall53262c92010-01-12 02:15:36 +00004620
4621 S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_deleted)
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004622 << FnKind << FnDesc << Fn->isDeleted();
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004623 return;
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004624 }
4625
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004626 // We don't really have anything else to say about viable candidates.
4627 if (Cand->Viable) {
4628 S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Fn);
4629 return;
4630 }
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00004631
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004632 switch (Cand->FailureKind) {
4633 case ovl_fail_too_many_arguments:
4634 case ovl_fail_too_few_arguments:
4635 return DiagnoseArityMismatch(S, Cand, NumArgs);
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004636
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004637 case ovl_fail_bad_deduction:
John McCall8b9ed552010-02-01 18:53:26 +00004638 return DiagnoseBadDeduction(S, Cand, Args, NumArgs);
4639
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00004640 case ovl_fail_trivial_conversion:
4641 case ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion:
Douglas Gregor2c326bc2010-04-12 23:42:09 +00004642 case ovl_fail_final_conversion_not_exact:
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004643 return S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Fn);
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004644
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00004645 case ovl_fail_bad_conversion: {
4646 unsigned I = (Cand->IgnoreObjectArgument ? 1 : 0);
4647 for (unsigned N = Cand->Conversions.size(); I != N; ++I)
John McCall6a61b522010-01-13 09:16:55 +00004648 if (Cand->Conversions[I].isBad())
4649 return DiagnoseBadConversion(S, Cand, I);
4650
4651 // FIXME: this currently happens when we're called from SemaInit
4652 // when user-conversion overload fails. Figure out how to handle
4653 // those conditions and diagnose them well.
4654 return S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Fn);
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004655 }
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00004656 }
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004657}
4658
4659void NoteSurrogateCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
4660 // Desugar the type of the surrogate down to a function type,
4661 // retaining as many typedefs as possible while still showing
4662 // the function type (and, therefore, its parameter types).
4663 QualType FnType = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType();
4664 bool isLValueReference = false;
4665 bool isRValueReference = false;
4666 bool isPointer = false;
4667 if (const LValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
4668 FnType->getAs<LValueReferenceType>()) {
4669 FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
4670 isLValueReference = true;
4671 } else if (const RValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
4672 FnType->getAs<RValueReferenceType>()) {
4673 FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
4674 isRValueReference = true;
4675 }
4676 if (const PointerType *FnTypePtr = FnType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
4677 FnType = FnTypePtr->getPointeeType();
4678 isPointer = true;
4679 }
4680 // Desugar down to a function type.
4681 FnType = QualType(FnType->getAs<FunctionType>(), 0);
4682 // Reconstruct the pointer/reference as appropriate.
4683 if (isPointer) FnType = S.Context.getPointerType(FnType);
4684 if (isRValueReference) FnType = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(FnType);
4685 if (isLValueReference) FnType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(FnType);
4686
4687 S.Diag(Cand->Surrogate->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_surrogate_cand)
4688 << FnType;
4689}
4690
4691void NoteBuiltinOperatorCandidate(Sema &S,
4692 const char *Opc,
4693 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4694 OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
4695 assert(Cand->Conversions.size() <= 2 && "builtin operator is not binary");
4696 std::string TypeStr("operator");
4697 TypeStr += Opc;
4698 TypeStr += "(";
4699 TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0].getAsString();
4700 if (Cand->Conversions.size() == 1) {
4701 TypeStr += ")";
4702 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_builtin_unary_candidate) << TypeStr;
4703 } else {
4704 TypeStr += ", ";
4705 TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1].getAsString();
4706 TypeStr += ")";
4707 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_builtin_binary_candidate) << TypeStr;
4708 }
4709}
4710
4711void NoteAmbiguousUserConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4712 OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
4713 unsigned NoOperands = Cand->Conversions.size();
4714 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NoOperands; ++ArgIdx) {
4715 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS = Cand->Conversions[ArgIdx];
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00004716 if (ICS.isBad()) break; // all meaningless after first invalid
4717 if (!ICS.isAmbiguous()) continue;
4718
4719 S.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(ICS, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00004720 S.PDiag(diag::note_ambiguous_type_conversion));
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004721 }
4722}
4723
John McCall3712d9e2010-01-15 23:32:50 +00004724SourceLocation GetLocationForCandidate(const OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
4725 if (Cand->Function)
4726 return Cand->Function->getLocation();
John McCall982adb52010-01-16 03:50:16 +00004727 if (Cand->IsSurrogate)
John McCall3712d9e2010-01-15 23:32:50 +00004728 return Cand->Surrogate->getLocation();
4729 return SourceLocation();
4730}
4731
John McCallad2587a2010-01-12 00:48:53 +00004732struct CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay {
4733 Sema &S;
4734 CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay(Sema &S) : S(S) {}
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004735
4736 bool operator()(const OverloadCandidate *L,
4737 const OverloadCandidate *R) {
John McCall982adb52010-01-16 03:50:16 +00004738 // Fast-path this check.
4739 if (L == R) return false;
4740
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004741 // Order first by viability.
John McCallad2587a2010-01-12 00:48:53 +00004742 if (L->Viable) {
4743 if (!R->Viable) return true;
4744
4745 // TODO: introduce a tri-valued comparison for overload
4746 // candidates. Would be more worthwhile if we had a sort
4747 // that could exploit it.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00004748 if (S.isBetterOverloadCandidate(*L, *R, SourceLocation())) return true;
4749 if (S.isBetterOverloadCandidate(*R, *L, SourceLocation())) return false;
John McCallad2587a2010-01-12 00:48:53 +00004750 } else if (R->Viable)
4751 return false;
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004752
John McCall3712d9e2010-01-15 23:32:50 +00004753 assert(L->Viable == R->Viable);
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004754
John McCall3712d9e2010-01-15 23:32:50 +00004755 // Criteria by which we can sort non-viable candidates:
4756 if (!L->Viable) {
4757 // 1. Arity mismatches come after other candidates.
4758 if (L->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments ||
4759 L->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments)
4760 return false;
4761 if (R->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments ||
4762 R->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments)
4763 return true;
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004764
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00004765 // 2. Bad conversions come first and are ordered by the number
4766 // of bad conversions and quality of good conversions.
4767 if (L->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_conversion) {
4768 if (R->FailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_conversion)
4769 return true;
4770
4771 // If there's any ordering between the defined conversions...
4772 // FIXME: this might not be transitive.
4773 assert(L->Conversions.size() == R->Conversions.size());
4774
4775 int leftBetter = 0;
John McCall21b57fa2010-02-25 10:46:05 +00004776 unsigned I = (L->IgnoreObjectArgument || R->IgnoreObjectArgument);
4777 for (unsigned E = L->Conversions.size(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00004778 switch (S.CompareImplicitConversionSequences(L->Conversions[I],
4779 R->Conversions[I])) {
4780 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
4781 leftBetter++;
4782 break;
4783
4784 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
4785 leftBetter--;
4786 break;
4787
4788 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
4789 break;
4790 }
4791 }
4792 if (leftBetter > 0) return true;
4793 if (leftBetter < 0) return false;
4794
4795 } else if (R->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_conversion)
4796 return false;
4797
John McCall3712d9e2010-01-15 23:32:50 +00004798 // TODO: others?
4799 }
4800
4801 // Sort everything else by location.
4802 SourceLocation LLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(L);
4803 SourceLocation RLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(R);
4804
4805 // Put candidates without locations (e.g. builtins) at the end.
4806 if (LLoc.isInvalid()) return false;
4807 if (RLoc.isInvalid()) return true;
4808
4809 return S.SourceMgr.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(LLoc, RLoc);
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004810 }
4811};
4812
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00004813/// CompleteNonViableCandidate - Normally, overload resolution only
4814/// computes up to the first
4815void CompleteNonViableCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
4816 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
4817 assert(!Cand->Viable);
4818
4819 // Don't do anything on failures other than bad conversion.
4820 if (Cand->FailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_conversion) return;
4821
4822 // Skip forward to the first bad conversion.
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00004823 unsigned ConvIdx = (Cand->IgnoreObjectArgument ? 1 : 0);
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00004824 unsigned ConvCount = Cand->Conversions.size();
4825 while (true) {
4826 assert(ConvIdx != ConvCount && "no bad conversion in candidate");
4827 ConvIdx++;
4828 if (Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx - 1].isBad())
4829 break;
4830 }
4831
4832 if (ConvIdx == ConvCount)
4833 return;
4834
John McCall65eb8792010-02-25 01:37:24 +00004835 assert(!Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].isInitialized() &&
4836 "remaining conversion is initialized?");
4837
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00004838 // FIXME: these should probably be preserved from the overload
4839 // operation somehow.
4840 bool SuppressUserConversions = false;
4841 bool ForceRValue = false;
4842
4843 const FunctionProtoType* Proto;
4844 unsigned ArgIdx = ConvIdx;
4845
4846 if (Cand->IsSurrogate) {
4847 QualType ConvType
4848 = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
4849 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
4850 ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType();
4851 Proto = ConvType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4852 ArgIdx--;
4853 } else if (Cand->Function) {
4854 Proto = Cand->Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4855 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand->Function) &&
4856 !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand->Function))
4857 ArgIdx--;
4858 } else {
4859 // Builtin binary operator with a bad first conversion.
4860 assert(ConvCount <= 3);
4861 for (; ConvIdx != ConvCount; ++ConvIdx)
4862 Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx]
4863 = S.TryCopyInitialization(Args[ConvIdx],
4864 Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[ConvIdx],
4865 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue,
4866 /*InOverloadResolution*/ true);
4867 return;
4868 }
4869
4870 // Fill in the rest of the conversions.
4871 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
4872 for (; ConvIdx != ConvCount; ++ConvIdx, ++ArgIdx) {
4873 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto)
4874 Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx]
4875 = S.TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx),
4876 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue,
4877 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
4878 else
4879 Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].setEllipsis();
4880 }
4881}
4882
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004883} // end anonymous namespace
4884
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004885/// PrintOverloadCandidates - When overload resolution fails, prints
4886/// diagnostic messages containing the candidates in the candidate
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004887/// set.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004888void
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004889Sema::PrintOverloadCandidates(OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004890 OverloadCandidateDisplayKind OCD,
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00004891 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004892 const char *Opc,
Fariborz Jahanian29f9d392009-10-09 00:13:15 +00004893 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004894 // Sort the candidates by viability and position. Sorting directly would
4895 // be prohibitive, so we make a set of pointers and sort those.
4896 llvm::SmallVector<OverloadCandidate*, 32> Cands;
4897 if (OCD == OCD_AllCandidates) Cands.reserve(CandidateSet.size());
4898 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
4899 LastCand = CandidateSet.end();
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00004900 Cand != LastCand; ++Cand) {
4901 if (Cand->Viable)
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004902 Cands.push_back(Cand);
John McCallfe796dd2010-01-23 05:17:32 +00004903 else if (OCD == OCD_AllCandidates) {
4904 CompleteNonViableCandidate(*this, Cand, Args, NumArgs);
4905 Cands.push_back(Cand);
4906 }
4907 }
4908
John McCallad2587a2010-01-12 00:48:53 +00004909 std::sort(Cands.begin(), Cands.end(),
4910 CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay(*this));
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004911
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00004912 bool ReportedAmbiguousConversions = false;
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004913
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004914 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<OverloadCandidate*>::iterator I, E;
4915 for (I = Cands.begin(), E = Cands.end(); I != E; ++I) {
4916 OverloadCandidate *Cand = *I;
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004917
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004918 if (Cand->Function)
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00004919 NoteFunctionCandidate(*this, Cand, Args, NumArgs);
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004920 else if (Cand->IsSurrogate)
4921 NoteSurrogateCandidate(*this, Cand);
4922
4923 // This a builtin candidate. We do not, in general, want to list
4924 // every possible builtin candidate.
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00004925 else if (Cand->Viable) {
4926 // Generally we only see ambiguities including viable builtin
4927 // operators if overload resolution got screwed up by an
4928 // ambiguous user-defined conversion.
4929 //
4930 // FIXME: It's quite possible for different conversions to see
4931 // different ambiguities, though.
4932 if (!ReportedAmbiguousConversions) {
4933 NoteAmbiguousUserConversions(*this, OpLoc, Cand);
4934 ReportedAmbiguousConversions = true;
4935 }
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004936
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00004937 // If this is a viable builtin, print it.
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004938 NoteBuiltinOperatorCandidate(*this, Opc, OpLoc, Cand);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004939 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004940 }
4941}
4942
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00004943static bool CheckUnresolvedAccess(Sema &S, OverloadExpr *E, DeclAccessPair D) {
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00004944 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E))
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00004945 return S.CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E), D);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00004946
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00004947 return S.CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(E), D);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00004948}
4949
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004950/// ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction - Try to resolve the address of
4951/// an overloaded function (C++ [over.over]), where @p From is an
4952/// expression with overloaded function type and @p ToType is the type
4953/// we're trying to resolve to. For example:
4954///
4955/// @code
4956/// int f(double);
4957/// int f(int);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004958///
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004959/// int (*pfd)(double) = f; // selects f(double)
4960/// @endcode
4961///
4962/// This routine returns the resulting FunctionDecl if it could be
4963/// resolved, and NULL otherwise. When @p Complain is true, this
4964/// routine will emit diagnostics if there is an error.
4965FunctionDecl *
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004966Sema::ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00004967 bool Complain,
4968 DeclAccessPair &FoundResult) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004969 QualType FunctionType = ToType;
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004970 bool IsMember = false;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004971 if (const PointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004972 FunctionType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004973 else if (const ReferenceType *ToTypeRef = ToType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Daniel Dunbarb566c6c2009-02-26 19:13:44 +00004974 FunctionType = ToTypeRef->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004975 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemTypePtr =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004976 ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) {
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004977 FunctionType = MemTypePtr->getPointeeType();
4978 IsMember = true;
4979 }
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004980
4981 // We only look at pointers or references to functions.
Douglas Gregor6b6ba8b2009-07-09 17:16:51 +00004982 FunctionType = Context.getCanonicalType(FunctionType).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004983 if (!FunctionType->isFunctionType())
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004984 return 0;
4985
4986 // Find the actual overloaded function declaration.
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00004987 if (From->getType() != Context.OverloadTy)
4988 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004989
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004990 // C++ [over.over]p1:
4991 // [...] [Note: any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the
4992 // overloaded function name is ignored (5.1). ]
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004993 // C++ [over.over]p1:
4994 // [...] The overloaded function name can be preceded by the &
4995 // operator.
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00004996 OverloadExpr *OvlExpr = OverloadExpr::find(From).getPointer();
4997 TemplateArgumentListInfo ETABuffer, *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
4998 if (OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
4999 OvlExpr->getExplicitTemplateArgs().copyInto(ETABuffer);
5000 ExplicitTemplateArgs = &ETABuffer;
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005001 }
5002
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005003 // Look through all of the overloaded functions, searching for one
5004 // whose type matches exactly.
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005005 llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl*>, 4> Matches;
Douglas Gregorb242683d2010-04-01 18:32:35 +00005006 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 4> NonMatches;
5007
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005008 bool FoundNonTemplateFunction = false;
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005009 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(),
5010 E = OvlExpr->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00005011 // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
5012 NamedDecl *Fn = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
5013
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005014 // C++ [over.over]p3:
5015 // Non-member functions and static member functions match
Sebastian Redl16d307d2009-02-05 12:33:33 +00005016 // targets of type "pointer-to-function" or "reference-to-function."
5017 // Nonstatic member functions match targets of
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005018 // type "pointer-to-member-function."
5019 // Note that according to DR 247, the containing class does not matter.
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005020
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005021 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00005022 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Fn)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005023 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005024 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005025 // Skip non-static function templates when converting to pointer, and
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005026 // static when converting to member pointer.
5027 if (Method->isStatic() == IsMember)
5028 continue;
5029 } else if (IsMember)
5030 continue;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005031
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005032 // C++ [over.over]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005033 // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is
5034 // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the
5035 // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single
5036 // function template specialization, which is added to the set of
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005037 // overloaded functions considered.
Douglas Gregor3a923c2d2009-09-24 23:14:47 +00005038 // FIXME: We don't really want to build the specialization here, do we?
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005039 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00005040 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, OvlExpr->getNameLoc());
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005041 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005042 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005043 FunctionType, Specialization, Info)) {
5044 // FIXME: make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics.
5045 (void)Result;
5046 } else {
Douglas Gregor3a923c2d2009-09-24 23:14:47 +00005047 // FIXME: If the match isn't exact, shouldn't we just drop this as
5048 // a candidate? Find a testcase before changing the code.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005049 assert(FunctionType
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005050 == Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()));
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005051 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(I.getPair(),
5052 cast<FunctionDecl>(Specialization->getCanonicalDecl())));
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005053 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005054
5055 continue;
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005056 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005057
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00005058 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005059 // Skip non-static functions when converting to pointer, and static
5060 // when converting to member pointer.
5061 if (Method->isStatic() == IsMember)
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005062 continue;
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00005063
5064 // If we have explicit template arguments, skip non-templates.
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005065 if (OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00005066 continue;
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005067 } else if (IsMember)
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005068 continue;
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005069
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00005070 if (FunctionDecl *FunDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Fn)) {
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00005071 QualType ResultTy;
5072 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FunctionType, FunDecl->getType()) ||
5073 IsNoReturnConversion(Context, FunDecl->getType(), FunctionType,
5074 ResultTy)) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005075 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(I.getPair(),
5076 cast<FunctionDecl>(FunDecl->getCanonicalDecl())));
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005077 FoundNonTemplateFunction = true;
5078 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005079 }
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005080 }
5081
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005082 // If there were 0 or 1 matches, we're done.
5083 if (Matches.empty())
5084 return 0;
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00005085 else if (Matches.size() == 1) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005086 FunctionDecl *Result = Matches[0].second;
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005087 FoundResult = Matches[0].first;
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00005088 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Result);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005089 if (Complain)
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005090 CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(OvlExpr, Matches[0].first);
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00005091 return Result;
5092 }
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005093
5094 // C++ [over.over]p4:
5095 // If more than one function is selected, [...]
Douglas Gregorfae1d712009-09-26 03:56:17 +00005096 if (!FoundNonTemplateFunction) {
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00005097 // [...] and any given function template specialization F1 is
5098 // eliminated if the set contains a second function template
5099 // specialization whose function template is more specialized
5100 // than the function template of F1 according to the partial
5101 // ordering rules of 14.5.5.2.
5102
5103 // The algorithm specified above is quadratic. We instead use a
5104 // two-pass algorithm (similar to the one used to identify the
5105 // best viable function in an overload set) that identifies the
5106 // best function template (if it exists).
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005107
5108 UnresolvedSet<4> MatchesCopy; // TODO: avoid!
5109 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Matches.size(); I != E; ++I)
5110 MatchesCopy.addDecl(Matches[I].second, Matches[I].first.getAccess());
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005111
5112 UnresolvedSetIterator Result =
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005113 getMostSpecialized(MatchesCopy.begin(), MatchesCopy.end(),
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00005114 TPOC_Other, From->getLocStart(),
5115 PDiag(),
5116 PDiag(diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005117 << Matches[0].second->getDeclName(),
John McCalle1ac8d12010-01-13 00:25:19 +00005118 PDiag(diag::note_ovl_candidate)
5119 << (unsigned) oc_function_template);
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005120 assert(Result != MatchesCopy.end() && "no most-specialized template");
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005121 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), *Result);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005122 FoundResult = Matches[Result - MatchesCopy.begin()].first;
5123 if (Complain)
5124 CheckUnresolvedAccess(*this, OvlExpr, FoundResult);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005125 return cast<FunctionDecl>(*Result);
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005126 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005127
Douglas Gregorfae1d712009-09-26 03:56:17 +00005128 // [...] any function template specializations in the set are
5129 // eliminated if the set also contains a non-template function, [...]
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005130 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Matches.size(); I != N; ) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005131 if (Matches[I].second->getPrimaryTemplate() == 0)
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005132 ++I;
5133 else {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005134 Matches[I] = Matches[--N];
5135 Matches.set_size(N);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005136 }
5137 }
Douglas Gregorfae1d712009-09-26 03:56:17 +00005138
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005139 // [...] After such eliminations, if any, there shall remain exactly one
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005140 // selected function.
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005141 if (Matches.size() == 1) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005142 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Matches[0].second);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005143 FoundResult = Matches[0].first;
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005144 if (Complain)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005145 CheckUnresolvedAccess(*this, OvlExpr, Matches[0].first);
5146 return cast<FunctionDecl>(Matches[0].second);
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00005147 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005148
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00005149 // FIXME: We should probably return the same thing that BestViableFunction
5150 // returns (even if we issue the diagnostics here).
5151 Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005152 << Matches[0].second->getDeclName();
5153 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Matches.size(); I != E; ++I)
5154 NoteOverloadCandidate(Matches[I].second);
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005155 return 0;
5156}
5157
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005158/// \brief Given an expression that refers to an overloaded function, try to
5159/// resolve that overloaded function expression down to a single function.
5160///
5161/// This routine can only resolve template-ids that refer to a single function
5162/// template, where that template-id refers to a single template whose template
5163/// arguments are either provided by the template-id or have defaults,
5164/// as described in C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3.
5165FunctionDecl *Sema::ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(Expr *From) {
5166 // C++ [over.over]p1:
5167 // [...] [Note: any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the
5168 // overloaded function name is ignored (5.1). ]
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005169 // C++ [over.over]p1:
5170 // [...] The overloaded function name can be preceded by the &
5171 // operator.
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005172
5173 if (From->getType() != Context.OverloadTy)
5174 return 0;
5175
5176 OverloadExpr *OvlExpr = OverloadExpr::find(From).getPointer();
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005177
5178 // If we didn't actually find any template-ids, we're done.
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005179 if (!OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005180 return 0;
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005181
5182 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs;
5183 OvlExpr->getExplicitTemplateArgs().copyInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005184
5185 // Look through all of the overloaded functions, searching for one
5186 // whose type matches exactly.
5187 FunctionDecl *Matched = 0;
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00005188 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(),
5189 E = OvlExpr->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005190 // C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3:
5191 // [...] In contexts where deduction is done and fails, or in contexts
5192 // where deduction is not done, if a template argument list is
5193 // specified and it, along with any default template arguments,
5194 // identifies a single function template specialization, then the
5195 // template-id is an lvalue for the function template specialization.
5196 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*I);
5197
5198 // C++ [over.over]p2:
5199 // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is
5200 // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the
5201 // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single
5202 // function template specialization, which is added to the set of
5203 // overloaded functions considered.
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005204 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00005205 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, OvlExpr->getNameLoc());
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00005206 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
5207 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5208 Specialization, Info)) {
5209 // FIXME: make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics.
5210 (void)Result;
5211 continue;
5212 }
5213
5214 // Multiple matches; we can't resolve to a single declaration.
5215 if (Matched)
5216 return 0;
5217
5218 Matched = Specialization;
5219 }
5220
5221 return Matched;
5222}
5223
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005224/// \brief Add a single candidate to the overload set.
5225static void AddOverloadedCallCandidate(Sema &S,
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005226 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00005227 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005228 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
5229 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
5230 bool PartialOverloading) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005231 NamedDecl *Callee = FoundDecl.getDecl();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005232 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Callee))
5233 Callee = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Callee)->getTargetDecl();
5234
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005235 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Callee)) {
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00005236 assert(!ExplicitTemplateArgs && "Explicit template arguments?");
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005237 S.AddOverloadCandidate(Func, FoundDecl, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00005238 false, false, PartialOverloading);
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005239 return;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005240 }
5241
5242 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FuncTemplate
5243 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Callee)) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005244 S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FuncTemplate, FoundDecl,
5245 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005246 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005247 return;
5248 }
5249
5250 assert(false && "unhandled case in overloaded call candidate");
5251
5252 // do nothing?
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005253}
5254
5255/// \brief Add the overload candidates named by callee and/or found by argument
5256/// dependent lookup to the given overload set.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005257void Sema::AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005258 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
5259 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
5260 bool PartialOverloading) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005261
5262#ifndef NDEBUG
5263 // Verify that ArgumentDependentLookup is consistent with the rules
5264 // in C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005265 //
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005266 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
5267 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
5268 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains
5269 //
5270 // -- a declaration of a class member, or
5271 //
5272 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005273 // using-declaration, or
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005274 //
5275 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
5276 // template
5277 //
5278 // then Y is empty.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005279
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005280 if (ULE->requiresADL()) {
5281 for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator I = ULE->decls_begin(),
5282 E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5283 assert(!(*I)->getDeclContext()->isRecord());
5284 assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) ||
5285 !(*I)->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
5286 assert((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005287 }
5288 }
5289#endif
5290
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005291 // It would be nice to avoid this copy.
5292 TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer;
5293 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
5294 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
5295 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer);
5296 ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer;
5297 }
5298
5299 for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator I = ULE->decls_begin(),
5300 E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I)
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005301 AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this, I.getPair(), ExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005302 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005303 PartialOverloading);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005304
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005305 if (ULE->requiresADL())
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005306 AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(ULE->getName(), /*Operator*/ false,
5307 Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005308 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005309 CandidateSet,
5310 PartialOverloading);
5311}
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005312
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005313static Sema::OwningExprResult Destroy(Sema &SemaRef, Expr *Fn,
5314 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
5315 Fn->Destroy(SemaRef.Context);
5316 for (unsigned Arg = 0; Arg < NumArgs; ++Arg)
5317 Args[Arg]->Destroy(SemaRef.Context);
5318 return SemaRef.ExprError();
5319}
5320
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005321/// Attempts to recover from a call where no functions were found.
5322///
5323/// Returns true if new candidates were found.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005324static Sema::OwningExprResult
5325BuildRecoveryCallExpr(Sema &SemaRef, Expr *Fn,
5326 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
5327 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5328 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
5329 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
5330 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005331
5332 CXXScopeSpec SS;
5333 if (ULE->getQualifier()) {
5334 SS.setScopeRep(ULE->getQualifier());
5335 SS.setRange(ULE->getQualifierRange());
5336 }
5337
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005338 TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer;
5339 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
5340 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
5341 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer);
5342 ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer;
5343 }
5344
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005345 LookupResult R(SemaRef, ULE->getName(), ULE->getNameLoc(),
5346 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00005347 if (SemaRef.DiagnoseEmptyLookup(/*Scope=*/0, SS, R))
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005348 return Destroy(SemaRef, Fn, Args, NumArgs);
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005349
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005350 assert(!R.empty() && "lookup results empty despite recovery");
5351
5352 // Build an implicit member call if appropriate. Just drop the
5353 // casts and such from the call, we don't really care.
5354 Sema::OwningExprResult NewFn = SemaRef.ExprError();
5355 if ((*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember())
5356 NewFn = SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, ExplicitTemplateArgs);
5357 else if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
5358 NewFn = SemaRef.BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *ExplicitTemplateArgs);
5359 else
5360 NewFn = SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false);
5361
5362 if (NewFn.isInvalid())
5363 return Destroy(SemaRef, Fn, Args, NumArgs);
5364
5365 Fn->Destroy(SemaRef.Context);
5366
5367 // This shouldn't cause an infinite loop because we're giving it
5368 // an expression with non-empty lookup results, which should never
5369 // end up here.
5370 return SemaRef.ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ 0, move(NewFn), LParenLoc,
5371 Sema::MultiExprArg(SemaRef, (void**) Args, NumArgs),
5372 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005373}
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00005374
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005375/// ResolveOverloadedCallFn - Given the call expression that calls Fn
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00005376/// (which eventually refers to the declaration Func) and the call
5377/// arguments Args/NumArgs, attempt to resolve the function call down
5378/// to a specific function. If overload resolution succeeds, returns
5379/// the function declaration produced by overload
Douglas Gregora60a6912008-11-26 06:01:48 +00005380/// resolution. Otherwise, emits diagnostics, deletes all of the
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005381/// arguments and Fn, and returns NULL.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005382Sema::OwningExprResult
5383Sema::BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
5384 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5385 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
5386 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
5387 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
5388#ifndef NDEBUG
5389 if (ULE->requiresADL()) {
5390 // To do ADL, we must have found an unqualified name.
5391 assert(!ULE->getQualifier() && "qualified name with ADL");
5392
5393 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
5394 // Verify that this was correctly set up.
5395 FunctionDecl *F;
5396 if (ULE->decls_begin() + 1 == ULE->decls_end() &&
5397 (F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*ULE->decls_begin())) &&
5398 F->getBuiltinID() && F->isImplicit())
5399 assert(0 && "performing ADL for builtin");
5400
5401 // We don't perform ADL in C.
5402 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C");
5403 }
5404#endif
5405
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00005406 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Fn->getExprLoc());
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00005407
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005408 // Add the functions denoted by the callee to the set of candidate
5409 // functions, including those from argument-dependent lookup.
5410 AddOverloadedCallCandidates(ULE, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005411
5412 // If we found nothing, try to recover.
5413 // AddRecoveryCallCandidates diagnoses the error itself, so we just
5414 // bailout out if it fails.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005415 if (CandidateSet.empty())
5416 return BuildRecoveryCallExpr(*this, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
5417 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005418
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005419 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005420 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Fn->getLocStart(), Best)) {
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005421 case OR_Success: {
5422 FunctionDecl *FDecl = Best->Function;
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005423 CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(ULE, Best->FoundDecl);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005424 Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, Best->FoundDecl, FDecl);
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005425 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, FDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
5426 }
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005427
5428 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Chris Lattner45d9d602009-02-17 07:29:20 +00005429 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005430 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005431 << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005432 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005433 break;
5434
5435 case OR_Ambiguous:
5436 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005437 << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005438 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005439 break;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005440
5441 case OR_Deleted:
5442 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
5443 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005444 << ULE->getName()
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005445 << Fn->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005446 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005447 break;
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005448 }
5449
5450 // Overload resolution failed. Destroy all of the subexpressions and
5451 // return NULL.
5452 Fn->Destroy(Context);
5453 for (unsigned Arg = 0; Arg < NumArgs; ++Arg)
5454 Args[Arg]->Destroy(Context);
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005455 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005456}
5457
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005458static bool IsOverloaded(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) {
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00005459 return Functions.size() > 1 ||
5460 (Functions.size() == 1 && isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Functions.begin()));
5461}
5462
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005463/// \brief Create a unary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
5464/// operator.
5465///
5466/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '*').
5467///
5468/// \param OpcIn The UnaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
5469/// operator.
5470///
5471/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
5472/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
5473/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
5474/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
5475/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
5476/// by CreateOverloadedUnaryOp().
5477///
5478/// \param input The input argument.
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005479Sema::OwningExprResult
5480Sema::CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpcIn,
5481 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
5482 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005483 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
5484 Expr *Input = (Expr *)input.get();
5485
5486 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5487 assert(Op != OO_None && "Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator");
5488 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
5489
5490 Expr *Args[2] = { Input, 0 };
5491 unsigned NumArgs = 1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005492
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005493 // For post-increment and post-decrement, add the implicit '0' as
5494 // the second argument, so that we know this is a post-increment or
5495 // post-decrement.
5496 if (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc || Opc == UnaryOperator::PostDec) {
5497 llvm::APSInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005498 Args[1] = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(Zero, Context.IntTy,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005499 SourceLocation());
5500 NumArgs = 2;
5501 }
5502
5503 if (Input->isTypeDependent()) {
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005504 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = 0; // because lookup ignores member operators
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005505 UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005506 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, /*Dependent*/ true, NamingClass,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00005507 0, SourceRange(), OpName, OpLoc,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005508 /*ADL*/ true, IsOverloaded(Fns));
5509 Fn->addDecls(Fns.begin(), Fns.end());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005510
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005511 input.release();
5512 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
5513 &Args[0], NumArgs,
5514 Context.DependentTy,
5515 OpLoc));
5516 }
5517
5518 // Build an empty overload set.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00005519 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005520
5521 // Add the candidates from the given function set.
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005522 AddFunctionCandidates(Fns, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet, false);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005523
5524 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
5525 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
5526
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005527 // Add candidates from ADL.
5528 AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(OpName, /*Operator*/ true,
Douglas Gregor6ec89d42010-02-05 05:15:43 +00005529 Args, NumArgs,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005530 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs*/ 0,
5531 CandidateSet);
5532
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005533 // Add builtin operator candidates.
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00005534 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005535
5536 // Perform overload resolution.
5537 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005538 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005539 case OR_Success: {
5540 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
5541 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005542
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005543 if (FnDecl) {
5544 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
5545 // operator.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005546
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005547 // Convert the arguments.
5548 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005549 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Args[0], 0, Best->FoundDecl);
John McCallb3a44002010-01-28 01:42:12 +00005550
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005551 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Input, /*Qualifier=*/0,
5552 Best->FoundDecl, Method))
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005553 return ExprError();
5554 } else {
5555 // Convert the arguments.
Douglas Gregore6600372009-12-23 17:40:29 +00005556 OwningExprResult InputInit
5557 = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
Douglas Gregor8d48e9a2009-12-23 00:02:00 +00005558 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
Douglas Gregore6600372009-12-23 17:40:29 +00005559 SourceLocation(),
5560 move(input));
5561 if (InputInit.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005562 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor8d48e9a2009-12-23 00:02:00 +00005563
Douglas Gregore6600372009-12-23 17:40:29 +00005564 input = move(InputInit);
Douglas Gregor8d48e9a2009-12-23 00:02:00 +00005565 Input = (Expr *)input.get();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005566 }
5567
5568 // Determine the result type
Anders Carlssonf64a3da2009-10-13 21:19:37 +00005569 QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005570
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005571 // Build the actual expression node.
5572 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
5573 SourceLocation());
5574 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005575
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005576 input.release();
Eli Friedman030eee42009-11-18 03:58:17 +00005577 Args[0] = Input;
Anders Carlssonf64a3da2009-10-13 21:19:37 +00005578 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this,
5579 new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr,
Eli Friedman030eee42009-11-18 03:58:17 +00005580 Args, NumArgs, ResultTy, OpLoc));
Anders Carlssonf64a3da2009-10-13 21:19:37 +00005581
5582 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
5583 FnDecl))
5584 return ExprError();
5585
5586 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005587 } else {
5588 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
5589 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
5590 // operator node.
5591 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Input, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005592 Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing))
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005593 return ExprError();
5594
5595 break;
5596 }
5597 }
5598
5599 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
5600 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
5601 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
5602 break;
5603
5604 case OR_Ambiguous:
5605 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
5606 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
5607 << Input->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005608 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, NumArgs,
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00005609 UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005610 return ExprError();
5611
5612 case OR_Deleted:
5613 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
5614 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
5615 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
5616 << Input->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005617 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005618 return ExprError();
5619 }
5620
5621 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
5622 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
5623 // build a built-in operation.
5624 input.release();
5625 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Owned(Input));
5626}
5627
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005628/// \brief Create a binary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
5629/// operator.
5630///
5631/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '+').
5632///
5633/// \param OpcIn The BinaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
5634/// operator.
5635///
5636/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
5637/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
5638/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
5639/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
5640/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
5641/// by CreateOverloadedBinOp().
5642///
5643/// \param LHS Left-hand argument.
5644/// \param RHS Right-hand argument.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005645Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005646Sema::CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005647 unsigned OpcIn,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005648 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005649 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005650 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS, RHS };
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005651 LHS=RHS=0; //Please use only Args instead of LHS/RHS couple
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005652
5653 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<BinaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
5654 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5655 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
5656
5657 // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
5658 // expression.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005659 if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005660 if (Fns.empty()) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005661 // If there are no functions to store, just build a dependent
5662 // BinaryOperator or CompoundAssignment.
5663 if (Opc <= BinaryOperator::Assign || Opc > BinaryOperator::OrAssign)
5664 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(Args[0], Args[1], Opc,
5665 Context.DependentTy, OpLoc));
5666
5667 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(Args[0], Args[1], Opc,
5668 Context.DependentTy,
5669 Context.DependentTy,
5670 Context.DependentTy,
5671 OpLoc));
5672 }
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005673
5674 // FIXME: save results of ADL from here?
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005675 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = 0; // because lookup ignores member operators
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005676 UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005677 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, /*Dependent*/ true, NamingClass,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00005678 0, SourceRange(), OpName, OpLoc,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005679 /*ADL*/ true, IsOverloaded(Fns));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005680
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005681 Fn->addDecls(Fns.begin(), Fns.end());
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005682 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005683 Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005684 Context.DependentTy,
5685 OpLoc));
5686 }
5687
5688 // If this is the .* operator, which is not overloadable, just
5689 // create a built-in binary operator.
5690 if (Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005691 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005692
Sebastian Redl6a96bf72009-11-18 23:10:33 +00005693 // If this is the assignment operator, we only perform overload resolution
5694 // if the left-hand side is a class or enumeration type. This is actually
5695 // a hack. The standard requires that we do overload resolution between the
5696 // various built-in candidates, but as DR507 points out, this can lead to
5697 // problems. So we do it this way, which pretty much follows what GCC does.
5698 // Note that we go the traditional code path for compound assignment forms.
5699 if (Opc==BinaryOperator::Assign && !Args[0]->getType()->isOverloadableType())
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005700 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005701
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005702 // Build an empty overload set.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00005703 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005704
5705 // Add the candidates from the given function set.
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005706 AddFunctionCandidates(Fns, Args, 2, CandidateSet, false);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005707
5708 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
5709 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
5710
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00005711 // Add candidates from ADL.
5712 AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(OpName, /*Operator*/ true,
5713 Args, 2,
5714 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs*/ 0,
5715 CandidateSet);
5716
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005717 // Add builtin operator candidates.
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00005718 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005719
5720 // Perform overload resolution.
5721 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005722 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00005723 case OR_Success: {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005724 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
5725 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
5726
5727 if (FnDecl) {
5728 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
5729 // operator.
5730
5731 // Convert the arguments.
5732 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
John McCallb3a44002010-01-28 01:42:12 +00005733 // Best->Access is only meaningful for class members.
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005734 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Args[0], Args[1], Best->FoundDecl);
John McCallb3a44002010-01-28 01:42:12 +00005735
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00005736 OwningExprResult Arg1
5737 = PerformCopyInitialization(
5738 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
5739 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
5740 SourceLocation(),
5741 Owned(Args[1]));
5742 if (Arg1.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005743 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00005744
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00005745 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], /*Qualifier=*/0,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005746 Best->FoundDecl, Method))
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00005747 return ExprError();
5748
5749 Args[1] = RHS = Arg1.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005750 } else {
5751 // Convert the arguments.
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00005752 OwningExprResult Arg0
5753 = PerformCopyInitialization(
5754 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
5755 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
5756 SourceLocation(),
5757 Owned(Args[0]));
5758 if (Arg0.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005759 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00005760
5761 OwningExprResult Arg1
5762 = PerformCopyInitialization(
5763 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
5764 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)),
5765 SourceLocation(),
5766 Owned(Args[1]));
5767 if (Arg1.isInvalid())
5768 return ExprError();
5769 Args[0] = LHS = Arg0.takeAs<Expr>();
5770 Args[1] = RHS = Arg1.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005771 }
5772
5773 // Determine the result type
5774 QualType ResultTy
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005775 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005776 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
5777
5778 // Build the actual expression node.
5779 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef1c1e52009-07-14 03:19:38 +00005780 OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005781 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
5782
Anders Carlssone4f4b5e2009-10-13 22:43:21 +00005783 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
5784 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr,
5785 Args, 2, ResultTy,
5786 OpLoc));
5787
5788 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
5789 FnDecl))
5790 return ExprError();
5791
5792 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005793 } else {
5794 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
5795 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
5796 // operator node.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005797 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005798 Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing) ||
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005799 PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005800 Best->Conversions[1], AA_Passing))
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005801 return ExprError();
5802
5803 break;
5804 }
5805 }
5806
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00005807 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
5808 // C++ [over.match.oper]p9:
5809 // If the operator is the operator , [...] and there are no
5810 // viable functions, then the operator is assumed to be the
5811 // built-in operator and interpreted according to clause 5.
5812 if (Opc == BinaryOperator::Comma)
5813 break;
5814
Sebastian Redl027de2a2009-05-21 11:50:50 +00005815 // For class as left operand for assignment or compound assigment operator
5816 // do not fall through to handling in built-in, but report that no overloaded
5817 // assignment operator found
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00005818 OwningExprResult Result = ExprError();
5819 if (Args[0]->getType()->isRecordType() &&
5820 Opc >= BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign) {
Sebastian Redl027de2a2009-05-21 11:50:50 +00005821 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
5822 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005823 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00005824 } else {
5825 // No viable function; try to create a built-in operation, which will
5826 // produce an error. Then, show the non-viable candidates.
5827 Result = CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Sebastian Redl027de2a2009-05-21 11:50:50 +00005828 }
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00005829 assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
5830 "C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!");
5831 if (Result.isInvalid())
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005832 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, 2,
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00005833 BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00005834 return move(Result);
5835 }
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005836
5837 case OR_Ambiguous:
5838 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
5839 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005840 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005841 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, 2,
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00005842 BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005843 return ExprError();
5844
5845 case OR_Deleted:
5846 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
5847 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
5848 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005849 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005850 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, 2);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005851 return ExprError();
John McCall0d1da222010-01-12 00:44:57 +00005852 }
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005853
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00005854 // We matched a built-in operator; build it.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005855 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005856}
5857
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005858Action::OwningExprResult
5859Sema::CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
5860 SourceLocation RLoc,
5861 ExprArg Base, ExprArg Idx) {
5862 Expr *Args[2] = { static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
5863 static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get()) };
5864 DeclarationName OpName =
5865 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Subscript);
5866
5867 // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
5868 // expression.
5869 if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
5870
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005871 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = 0; // because lookup ignores member operators
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005872 UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005873 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, /*Dependent*/ true, NamingClass,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00005874 0, SourceRange(), OpName, LLoc,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00005875 /*ADL*/ true, /*Overloaded*/ false);
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00005876 // Can't add any actual overloads yet
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005877
5878 Base.release();
5879 Idx.release();
5880 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript, Fn,
5881 Args, 2,
5882 Context.DependentTy,
5883 RLoc));
5884 }
5885
5886 // Build an empty overload set.
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00005887 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(LLoc);
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005888
5889 // Subscript can only be overloaded as a member function.
5890
5891 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
5892 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
5893
5894 // Add builtin operator candidates.
5895 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
5896
5897 // Perform overload resolution.
5898 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
5899 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
5900 case OR_Success: {
5901 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
5902 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
5903
5904 if (FnDecl) {
5905 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
5906 // operator.
5907
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00005908 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LLoc, Args[0], Args[1], Best->FoundDecl);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00005909
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005910 // Convert the arguments.
5911 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl);
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00005912 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], /*Qualifier=*/0,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00005913 Best->FoundDecl, Method))
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005914 return ExprError();
5915
Anders Carlssona68e51e2010-01-29 18:37:50 +00005916 // Convert the arguments.
5917 OwningExprResult InputInit
5918 = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
5919 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
5920 SourceLocation(),
5921 Owned(Args[1]));
5922 if (InputInit.isInvalid())
5923 return ExprError();
5924
5925 Args[1] = InputInit.takeAs<Expr>();
5926
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005927 // Determine the result type
5928 QualType ResultTy
5929 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
5930 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
5931
5932 // Build the actual expression node.
5933 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
5934 LLoc);
5935 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
5936
5937 Base.release();
5938 Idx.release();
5939 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
5940 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
5941 FnExpr, Args, 2,
5942 ResultTy, RLoc));
5943
5944 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), LLoc, TheCall.get(),
5945 FnDecl))
5946 return ExprError();
5947
5948 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
5949 } else {
5950 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
5951 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
5952 // operator node.
5953 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005954 Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing) ||
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005955 PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005956 Best->Conversions[1], AA_Passing))
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005957 return ExprError();
5958
5959 break;
5960 }
5961 }
5962
5963 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
John McCall02374852010-01-07 02:04:15 +00005964 if (CandidateSet.empty())
5965 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_oper)
5966 << Args[0]->getType() << /*subscript*/ 0
5967 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
5968 else
5969 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_subscript)
5970 << Args[0]->getType()
5971 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005972 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, 2,
John McCall02374852010-01-07 02:04:15 +00005973 "[]", LLoc);
5974 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005975 }
5976
5977 case OR_Ambiguous:
5978 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
5979 << "[]" << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005980 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, 2,
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005981 "[]", LLoc);
5982 return ExprError();
5983
5984 case OR_Deleted:
5985 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
5986 << Best->Function->isDeleted() << "[]"
5987 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00005988 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, 2,
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005989 "[]", LLoc);
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005990 return ExprError();
5991 }
5992
5993 // We matched a built-in operator; build it.
5994 Base.release();
5995 Idx.release();
5996 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Owned(Args[0]), LLoc,
5997 Owned(Args[1]), RLoc);
5998}
5999
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006000/// BuildCallToMemberFunction - Build a call to a member
6001/// function. MemExpr is the expression that refers to the member
6002/// function (and includes the object parameter), Args/NumArgs are the
6003/// arguments to the function call (not including the object
6004/// parameter). The caller needs to validate that the member
6005/// expression refers to a member function or an overloaded member
6006/// function.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006007Sema::OwningExprResult
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006008Sema::BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExprE,
6009 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006010 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
6011 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
6012 // Dig out the member expression. This holds both the object
6013 // argument and the member function we're referring to.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006014 Expr *NakedMemExpr = MemExprE->IgnoreParens();
6015
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006016 MemberExpr *MemExpr;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006017 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
John McCall3a65ef42010-04-08 00:13:37 +00006018 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(0, AS_public);
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006019 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006020 if (isa<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr)) {
6021 MemExpr = cast<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006022 Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl());
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006023 FoundDecl = MemExpr->getFoundDecl();
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006024 Qualifier = MemExpr->getQualifier();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006025 } else {
6026 UnresolvedMemberExpr *UnresExpr = cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr);
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006027 Qualifier = UnresExpr->getQualifier();
6028
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006029 QualType ObjectType = UnresExpr->getBaseType();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006030
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006031 // Add overload candidates
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006032 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006033
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006034 // FIXME: avoid copy.
6035 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = 0;
6036 if (UnresExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
6037 UnresExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
6038 TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
6039 }
6040
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006041 for (UnresolvedMemberExpr::decls_iterator I = UnresExpr->decls_begin(),
6042 E = UnresExpr->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6043
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006044 NamedDecl *Func = *I;
6045 CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext());
6046 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Func))
6047 Func = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Func)->getTargetDecl();
6048
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006049 if ((Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func))) {
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00006050 // If explicit template arguments were provided, we can't call a
6051 // non-template member function.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006052 if (TemplateArgs)
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00006053 continue;
6054
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006055 AddMethodCandidate(Method, I.getPair(), ActingDC, ObjectType,
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00006056 Args, NumArgs,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006057 CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006058 } else {
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006059 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Func),
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006060 I.getPair(), ActingDC, TemplateArgs,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006061 ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00006062 CandidateSet,
6063 /*SuppressUsedConversions=*/false);
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006064 }
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00006065 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006066
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006067 DeclarationName DeclName = UnresExpr->getMemberName();
6068
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006069 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006070 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, UnresExpr->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006071 case OR_Success:
6072 Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006073 FoundDecl = Best->FoundDecl;
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006074 CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresExpr, Best->FoundDecl);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006075 break;
6076
6077 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006078 Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(),
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006079 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call)
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00006080 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006081 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006082 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006083 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006084
6085 case OR_Ambiguous:
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006086 Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_member_call)
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00006087 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006088 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006089 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006090 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006091
6092 case OR_Deleted:
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006093 Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_member_call)
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006094 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00006095 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006096 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006097 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006098 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006099 }
6100
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006101 MemExprE = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(MemExprE, FoundDecl, Method);
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006102
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006103 // If overload resolution picked a static member, build a
6104 // non-member call based on that function.
6105 if (Method->isStatic()) {
6106 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(MemExprE, Method, LParenLoc,
6107 Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
6108 }
6109
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006110 MemExpr = cast<MemberExpr>(MemExprE->IgnoreParens());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006111 }
6112
6113 assert(Method && "Member call to something that isn't a method?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006114 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006115 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, MemExprE, Args,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006116 NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006117 Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(),
6118 RParenLoc));
6119
Anders Carlssonc4859ba2009-10-10 00:06:20 +00006120 // Check for a valid return type.
6121 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
6122 TheCall.get(), Method))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006123 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonc4859ba2009-10-10 00:06:20 +00006124
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006125 // Convert the object argument (for a non-static member function call).
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006126 // We only need to do this if there was actually an overload; otherwise
6127 // it was done at lookup.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006128 Expr *ObjectArg = MemExpr->getBase();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006129 if (!Method->isStatic() &&
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006130 PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectArg, Qualifier,
6131 FoundDecl, Method))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006132 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006133 MemExpr->setBase(ObjectArg);
6134
6135 // Convert the rest of the arguments
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00006136 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006137 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, MemExpr, Method, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006138 RParenLoc))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006139 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006140
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00006141 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall.get()))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006142 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8c84c202009-08-16 03:42:12 +00006143
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006144 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00006145}
6146
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006147/// BuildCallToObjectOfClassType - Build a call to an object of class
6148/// type (C++ [over.call.object]), which can end up invoking an
6149/// overloaded function call operator (@c operator()) or performing a
6150/// user-defined conversion on the object argument.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006151Sema::ExprResult
6152Sema::BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object,
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +00006153 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006154 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006155 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006156 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
6157 assert(Object->getType()->isRecordType() && "Requires object type argument");
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006158 const RecordType *Record = Object->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006159
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006160 // C++ [over.call.object]p1:
6161 // If the primary-expression E in the function call syntax
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +00006162 // evaluates to a class object of type "cv T", then the set of
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006163 // candidate functions includes at least the function call
6164 // operators of T. The function call operators of T are obtained by
6165 // ordinary lookup of the name operator() in the context of
6166 // (E).operator().
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006167 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(LParenLoc);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00006168 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call);
Douglas Gregorc473cbb2009-11-15 07:48:03 +00006169
6170 if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, Object->getType(),
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006171 PDiag(diag::err_incomplete_object_call)
Douglas Gregorc473cbb2009-11-15 07:48:03 +00006172 << Object->getSourceRange()))
6173 return true;
6174
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006175 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, LParenLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
6176 LookupQualifiedName(R, Record->getDecl());
6177 R.suppressDiagnostics();
6178
Douglas Gregorc473cbb2009-11-15 07:48:03 +00006179 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end();
Douglas Gregor358e7742009-11-07 17:23:56 +00006180 Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006181 AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Object->getType(),
John McCallb89836b2010-01-26 01:37:31 +00006182 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00006183 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/ false);
Douglas Gregor358e7742009-11-07 17:23:56 +00006184 }
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00006185
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006186 // C++ [over.call.object]p2:
6187 // In addition, for each conversion function declared in T of the
6188 // form
6189 //
6190 // operator conversion-type-id () cv-qualifier;
6191 //
6192 // where cv-qualifier is the same cv-qualification as, or a
6193 // greater cv-qualification than, cv, and where conversion-type-id
Douglas Gregorf49fdf82008-11-20 13:33:37 +00006194 // denotes the type "pointer to function of (P1,...,Pn) returning
6195 // R", or the type "reference to pointer to function of
6196 // (P1,...,Pn) returning R", or the type "reference to function
6197 // of (P1,...,Pn) returning R", a surrogate call function [...]
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006198 // is also considered as a candidate function. Similarly,
6199 // surrogate call functions are added to the set of candidate
6200 // functions for each conversion function declared in an
6201 // accessible base class provided the function is not hidden
6202 // within T by another intervening declaration.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00006203 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions
Douglas Gregor21591822010-01-11 19:36:35 +00006204 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00006205 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006206 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006207 NamedDecl *D = *I;
6208 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
6209 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
6210 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
6211
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00006212 // Skip over templated conversion functions; they aren't
6213 // surrogates.
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006214 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00006215 continue;
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00006216
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006217 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006218
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00006219 // Strip the reference type (if any) and then the pointer type (if
6220 // any) to get down to what might be a function type.
6221 QualType ConvType = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
6222 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
6223 ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006224
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00006225 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = ConvType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006226 AddSurrogateCandidate(Conv, I.getPair(), ActingContext, Proto,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006227 Object->getType(), Args, NumArgs,
6228 CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006229 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006230
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006231 // Perform overload resolution.
6232 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006233 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Object->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006234 case OR_Success:
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006235 // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the appropriate call
6236 // below.
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006237 break;
6238
6239 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
John McCall02374852010-01-07 02:04:15 +00006240 if (CandidateSet.empty())
6241 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_no_oper)
6242 << Object->getType() << /*call*/ 1
6243 << Object->getSourceRange();
6244 else
6245 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6246 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_object_call)
6247 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006248 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006249 break;
6250
6251 case OR_Ambiguous:
6252 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6253 diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_object_call)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00006254 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006255 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006256 break;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006257
6258 case OR_Deleted:
6259 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6260 diag::err_ovl_deleted_object_call)
6261 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
6262 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006263 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006264 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006265 }
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006266
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006267 if (Best == CandidateSet.end()) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006268 // We had an error; delete all of the subexpressions and return
6269 // the error.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006270 Object->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006271 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006272 Args[ArgIdx]->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006273 return true;
6274 }
6275
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006276 if (Best->Function == 0) {
6277 // Since there is no function declaration, this is one of the
6278 // surrogate candidates. Dig out the conversion function.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006279 CXXConversionDecl *Conv
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006280 = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(
6281 Best->Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction);
6282
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006283 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LParenLoc, Object, 0, Best->FoundDecl);
John McCall49ec2e62010-01-28 01:54:34 +00006284
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006285 // We selected one of the surrogate functions that converts the
6286 // object parameter to a function pointer. Perform the conversion
6287 // on the object argument, then let ActOnCallExpr finish the job.
Fariborz Jahanian774cf792009-09-28 18:35:46 +00006288
6289 // Create an implicit member expr to refer to the conversion operator.
Fariborz Jahanian78cfcb52009-09-28 23:23:40 +00006290 // and then call it.
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006291 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE = BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Object, Best->FoundDecl,
6292 Conv);
Fariborz Jahanian78cfcb52009-09-28 23:23:40 +00006293
Fariborz Jahanian774cf792009-09-28 18:35:46 +00006294 return ActOnCallExpr(S, ExprArg(*this, CE), LParenLoc,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006295 MultiExprArg(*this, (ExprTy**)Args, NumArgs),
Douglas Gregore5e775b2010-04-13 15:50:39 +00006296 CommaLocs, RParenLoc).result();
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006297 }
6298
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006299 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LParenLoc, Object, 0, Best->FoundDecl);
John McCall49ec2e62010-01-28 01:54:34 +00006300
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00006301 // We found an overloaded operator(). Build a CXXOperatorCallExpr
6302 // that calls this method, using Object for the implicit object
6303 // parameter and passing along the remaining arguments.
6304 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006305 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006306
6307 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
6308 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
6309
6310 // Build the full argument list for the method call (the
6311 // implicit object parameter is placed at the beginning of the
6312 // list).
6313 Expr **MethodArgs;
6314 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
6315 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
6316 MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgsInProto + 1];
6317 } else {
6318 MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgs + 1];
6319 }
6320 MethodArgs[0] = Object;
6321 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
6322 MethodArgs[ArgIdx + 1] = Args[ArgIdx];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006323
6324 Expr *NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Method, Method->getType(),
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006325 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006326 UsualUnaryConversions(NewFn);
6327
6328 // Once we've built TheCall, all of the expressions are properly
6329 // owned.
6330 QualType ResultTy = Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006331 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
6332 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Call, NewFn,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006333 MethodArgs, NumArgs + 1,
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006334 ResultTy, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006335 delete [] MethodArgs;
6336
Anders Carlsson3d5829c2009-10-13 21:49:31 +00006337 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), LParenLoc, TheCall.get(),
6338 Method))
6339 return true;
6340
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00006341 // We may have default arguments. If so, we need to allocate more
6342 // slots in the call for them.
6343 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto)
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006344 TheCall->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto + 1);
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00006345 else if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto)
6346 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
6347
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00006348 bool IsError = false;
6349
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006350 // Initialize the implicit object parameter.
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006351 IsError |= PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Object, /*Qualifier=*/0,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006352 Best->FoundDecl, Method);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006353 TheCall->setArg(0, Object);
6354
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00006355
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006356 // Check the argument types.
6357 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006358 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00006359 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006360 Arg = Args[i];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006361
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00006362 // Pass the argument.
Anders Carlsson7c5fe482010-01-29 18:43:53 +00006363
6364 OwningExprResult InputInit
6365 = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
6366 Method->getParamDecl(i)),
6367 SourceLocation(), Owned(Arg));
6368
6369 IsError |= InputInit.isInvalid();
6370 Arg = InputInit.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00006371 } else {
Douglas Gregor1bc688d2009-11-09 19:27:57 +00006372 OwningExprResult DefArg
6373 = BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(LParenLoc, Method, Method->getParamDecl(i));
6374 if (DefArg.isInvalid()) {
6375 IsError = true;
6376 break;
6377 }
6378
6379 Arg = DefArg.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00006380 }
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006381
6382 TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
6383 }
6384
6385 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
6386 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
6387 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
6388 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
6389 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00006390 IsError |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, VariadicMethod);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006391 TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
6392 }
6393 }
6394
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00006395 if (IsError) return true;
6396
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00006397 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall.get()))
6398 return true;
6399
Douglas Gregore5e775b2010-04-13 15:50:39 +00006400 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).result();
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00006401}
6402
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006403/// BuildOverloadedArrowExpr - Build a call to an overloaded @c operator->
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006404/// (if one exists), where @c Base is an expression of class type and
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006405/// @c Member is the name of the member we're trying to find.
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006406Sema::OwningExprResult
6407Sema::BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseIn, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
6408 Expr *Base = static_cast<Expr *>(BaseIn.get());
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006409 assert(Base->getType()->isRecordType() && "left-hand side must have class type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006410
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006411 SourceLocation Loc = Base->getExprLoc();
6412
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006413 // C++ [over.ref]p1:
6414 //
6415 // [...] An expression x->m is interpreted as (x.operator->())->m
6416 // for a class object x of type T if T::operator->() exists and if
6417 // the operator is selected as the best match function by the
6418 // overload resolution mechanism (13.3).
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006419 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Arrow);
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006420 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc);
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006421 const RecordType *BaseRecord = Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006422
John McCallbc077cf2010-02-08 23:07:23 +00006423 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, Base->getType(),
Eli Friedman132e70b2009-11-18 01:28:03 +00006424 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
6425 << Base->getSourceRange()))
6426 return ExprError();
6427
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006428 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
6429 LookupQualifiedName(R, BaseRecord->getDecl());
6430 R.suppressDiagnostics();
Anders Carlsson78b54932009-09-10 23:18:36 +00006431
6432 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end();
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006433 Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) {
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006434 AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Base->getType(), 0, 0, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006435 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00006436 }
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006437
6438 // Perform overload resolution.
6439 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006440 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006441 case OR_Success:
6442 // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the call below.
6443 break;
6444
6445 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
6446 if (CandidateSet.empty())
6447 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006448 << Base->getType() << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006449 else
6450 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006451 << "operator->" << Base->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006452 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, &Base, 1);
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006453 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006454
6455 case OR_Ambiguous:
6456 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
Anders Carlsson78b54932009-09-10 23:18:36 +00006457 << "->" << Base->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006458 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates, &Base, 1);
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006459 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006460
6461 case OR_Deleted:
6462 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
6463 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Anders Carlsson78b54932009-09-10 23:18:36 +00006464 << "->" << Base->getSourceRange();
John McCallad907772010-01-12 07:18:19 +00006465 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates, &Base, 1);
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006466 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006467 }
6468
John McCalla0296f72010-03-19 07:35:19 +00006469 CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Base, 0, Best->FoundDecl);
6470
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006471 // Convert the object parameter.
6472 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006473 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Base, /*Qualifier=*/0,
6474 Best->FoundDecl, Method))
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006475 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ecea262008-11-21 03:04:22 +00006476
6477 // No concerns about early exits now.
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006478 BaseIn.release();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006479
6480 // Build the operator call.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006481 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Method, Method->getType(),
6482 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006483 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
Anders Carlssone4f4b5e2009-10-13 22:43:21 +00006484
6485 QualType ResultTy = Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
6486 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
6487 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Arrow, FnExpr,
6488 &Base, 1, ResultTy, OpLoc));
6489
6490 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
6491 Method))
6492 return ExprError();
6493 return move(TheCall);
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006494}
6495
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006496/// FixOverloadedFunctionReference - E is an expression that refers to
6497/// a C++ overloaded function (possibly with some parentheses and
6498/// perhaps a '&' around it). We have resolved the overloaded function
6499/// to the function declaration Fn, so patch up the expression E to
Anders Carlssonfcb4ab42009-10-21 17:16:23 +00006500/// refer (possibly indirectly) to Fn. Returns the new expr.
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00006501Expr *Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, DeclAccessPair Found,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006502 FunctionDecl *Fn) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006503 if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006504 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(PE->getSubExpr(),
6505 Found, Fn);
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006506 if (SubExpr == PE->getSubExpr())
6507 return PE->Retain();
6508
6509 return new (Context) ParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr);
6510 }
6511
6512 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006513 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ICE->getSubExpr(),
6514 Found, Fn);
Douglas Gregor091f0422009-10-23 22:18:25 +00006515 assert(Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(),
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006516 SubExpr->getType()) &&
Douglas Gregor091f0422009-10-23 22:18:25 +00006517 "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload");
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006518 if (SubExpr == ICE->getSubExpr())
6519 return ICE->Retain();
6520
6521 return new (Context) ImplicitCastExpr(ICE->getType(),
6522 ICE->getCastKind(),
6523 SubExpr,
6524 ICE->isLvalueCast());
6525 }
6526
6527 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006528 assert(UnOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf &&
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006529 "Can only take the address of an overloaded function");
Douglas Gregor6f233ef2009-02-11 01:18:59 +00006530 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
6531 if (Method->isStatic()) {
6532 // Do nothing: static member functions aren't any different
6533 // from non-member functions.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006534 } else {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006535 // Fix the sub expression, which really has to be an
6536 // UnresolvedLookupExpr holding an overloaded member function
6537 // or template.
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006538 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(),
6539 Found, Fn);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006540 if (SubExpr == UnOp->getSubExpr())
6541 return UnOp->Retain();
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006542
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006543 assert(isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)
6544 && "fixed to something other than a decl ref");
6545 assert(cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getQualifier()
6546 && "fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier");
6547
6548 // We have taken the address of a pointer to member
6549 // function. Perform the computation here so that we get the
6550 // appropriate pointer to member type.
6551 QualType ClassType
6552 = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Method->getDeclContext()));
6553 QualType MemPtrType
6554 = Context.getMemberPointerType(Fn->getType(), ClassType.getTypePtr());
6555
6556 return new (Context) UnaryOperator(SubExpr, UnaryOperator::AddrOf,
6557 MemPtrType, UnOp->getOperatorLoc());
Douglas Gregor6f233ef2009-02-11 01:18:59 +00006558 }
6559 }
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006560 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(),
6561 Found, Fn);
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006562 if (SubExpr == UnOp->getSubExpr())
6563 return UnOp->Retain();
Anders Carlssonfcb4ab42009-10-21 17:16:23 +00006564
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006565 return new (Context) UnaryOperator(SubExpr, UnaryOperator::AddrOf,
6566 Context.getPointerType(SubExpr->getType()),
6567 UnOp->getOperatorLoc());
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006568 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006569
6570 if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006571 // FIXME: avoid copy.
6572 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = 0;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006573 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006574 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
6575 TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006576 }
6577
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006578 return DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
6579 ULE->getQualifier(),
6580 ULE->getQualifierRange(),
6581 Fn,
6582 ULE->getNameLoc(),
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006583 Fn->getType(),
6584 TemplateArgs);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006585 }
6586
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006587 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(E)) {
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006588 // FIXME: avoid copy.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006589 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = 0;
6590 if (MemExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
6591 MemExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
6592 TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
6593 }
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006594
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006595 Expr *Base;
6596
6597 // If we're filling in
6598 if (MemExpr->isImplicitAccess()) {
6599 if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)->isStatic()) {
6600 return DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
6601 MemExpr->getQualifier(),
6602 MemExpr->getQualifierRange(),
6603 Fn,
6604 MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
6605 Fn->getType(),
6606 TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregorb15af892010-01-07 23:12:05 +00006607 } else {
6608 SourceLocation Loc = MemExpr->getMemberLoc();
6609 if (MemExpr->getQualifier())
6610 Loc = MemExpr->getQualifierRange().getBegin();
6611 Base = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc,
6612 MemExpr->getBaseType(),
6613 /*isImplicit=*/true);
6614 }
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006615 } else
6616 Base = MemExpr->getBase()->Retain();
6617
6618 return MemberExpr::Create(Context, Base,
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006619 MemExpr->isArrow(),
6620 MemExpr->getQualifier(),
6621 MemExpr->getQualifierRange(),
6622 Fn,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006623 Found,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006624 MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006625 TemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006626 Fn->getType());
6627 }
6628
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006629 assert(false && "Invalid reference to overloaded function");
6630 return E->Retain();
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006631}
6632
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00006633Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(OwningExprResult E,
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00006634 DeclAccessPair Found,
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00006635 FunctionDecl *Fn) {
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006636 return Owned(FixOverloadedFunctionReference((Expr *)E.get(), Found, Fn));
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00006637}
6638
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00006639} // end namespace clang